'^1
W
graduate studies catalog 1978-1979 \
*«L
.\
''i^^ Chester ^^ state
college bulletin
graduate studies catalog 1978-1979
62/Elementary Education
conditions which affect a young child in the early years. Historical and theoretical bases considered
503 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education (3) Investigations into current philosophy and empirical research related to the educational needs of young children
504 Early Childhood Education Programs (3) Examination of recent program developments in the area of preschool-primary education
505 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3) Selected problems in early childhood educa- tion. PREREQ: permission of instructor
522 Teaching the Communication Skills (3) Exploration of creative methods of teaching oral and written expression
530 Social Studies in Elementary Education (3) Strategies for developing concepts, skills, and values in the social-studies program. Emphasis on making social studies more meaning- ful
532 Curriculum and Research in Social Studies (3) Examination of recent research in ele- mentary social studies with emphasis on the theoretical bases for making curriculum deci- sions PREREQ: permission of instructor
533 Seminar in Elementary Social Studies Education (3) Selected problems in elementary social studies: PREREQ: permission of instructor
543 Creative Expression in the Elementary School (3) Theories and techniques to promote creative thinking and enhance children's creative potential in all areas of the school curricu- lum
544 Open Education in the Elementary School (3) Emphasis on how learning occurs in open education Planning environments and programs for children
548 Curriculum Theory and Trends in Elementary Education (3) Evaluation of various theoretical framework of curriculum and trends in subject fields of elementary education To be taken after 15 hours of work
549 Theory and Trends in the Language Arts (3) Analysis and evaluation of language-arts programs including reading in the modern elementary school PREREQ EDE 548
551 Child Development and Behavior I (3) Social, intellectual, emotional, physical, and moral aspects of child development and behavior Emphasis on personal development of the teacher as a prerequisite to understanding children in the elementary school
553 Child Development and Behavior II (3) Review of principles of growth and develop- ment Theories of personality development, clues to identifying children with problems: therapies applicable to elementary-school children Case study required PREREQ a recent course in child development
554 The Child's Self Concept (3) Self-concept theory and its implications for child develop- ment, learning, and behavior, specific application to work with the elementary school child PREREQ: course work in elementary education and child development
555 Self-Processes of the Facilitator (3) Self-processes and other factors influencing inter- action with stLidents via exploration of feelings Classroom approach that develops behavior in which feelings are expressed in a facilitating manner PREREQ: EDE 553
556 Seminar in Human Development (3) Critical issues in human development PREREQ: permission of instructor
560 Meeting Individual Needs of Children (3) Discovering each child s needs; providing for individualized learning, identifying problems and their solutions PREREQ: course work in elementary education anc\ c hild development
561 Guidance in the Elementary School (3) i;)evelopmental guidance — philosophy, pro- grams, personnel Guidance role and responsibilities of the teacher in the c Lissroom PRE- REQ: course work in elementary education and child development
565 Effective Classroom Management (3) Dynamics of interpersonal rel<ition> in (planning and facilitating classroom instruction
by inittuflW
Elementary Education/63
I
I
570 Supervision in the Elementary School (3) Concepts and practices in supervision of teachers, student teachers, and aides PREREQ: course work in elementary education and child development
580-589 Workshops in Elementary Education (2-6) Additional course numbers will be as- signed as new areas of study are announced Credits vary The series presently includes:
580 Workshop in Elementary Education
581 Workshop in Open Education (Elementary)
582 Workshop in Social Studies
583 Workshop in Creativity
584 Workshop in Early Childhood Education
585 Workshop in Language Arts
586 Workshop in Curriculum: Diagnosis, Prescription and Evaluation
590 independent Study (1-3) Enrollment by permission only; number of credits determined by instructor
Research Report (1-2) Thesis (4-6)
600
610
695 Seminar in Elementary Education (3) Selected topics in elementary education To be taken during semester preceding the taking of the comprehensive exammation in elemen- tary education
'^S^
\&
'!l jnd
^%-
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1978-79
September 5, Tuesday
September 5, Tuesday November 22, Wednesday
November 27, Monday December 16, Saturday December 18-22, 1978 December 22, Friday
FALL SEMESTER 1978
Faculty Meetings (As Per
Departmental Announcements)
Classes Begin
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
(Close of Classes)
Thanksgiving Recess Ends (8:00 a.m.)
Graduation
Examination Period
Fall Semester Ends (Close of Classes)
January 15, Monday March 9, Friday
March 19, Monday April 11, Wednesday
April 16, Monday May 5, Saturday May 14-18, 1979 May 18, Friday
May 19, Saturday
SPRING SEMESTER 1979
Classes Begin
Spring Vacation Begins
(Close of Classes)
Spring Vacation Ends (8:00 a.m.)
Easter Vacation Begins
(Close of Classes)
Easter Vacation Ends (8:00 a.m.)
Alumni Day
Examination Period
Spring Semester Ends
(Close of Classes)
Graduation
Pre Session Regular Session Post Session
SUMMER SESSIONS 1979
Monday, June 4-Friday, June 22 Monday, June 25 — Friday, August 3 Monday, August 6 — Friday, August 24
West Chester State College is accredited by
The Middle States Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools, The
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education,
The American Association for Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation, The
National Association of Schools of Music, The
Council on Social Work Education, and
The American Chemical Society.
West Chester State College is a member of
The Council of Graduate Schools in the United States.
This bulletin is not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract be- tween the student and West Chester State College.
The college reserves the right to cancel a course at any time if its enrollment is inadequate.
West Chester State College complies with all applicable Federal and State discrimination statutes. Education programs, activities, and employment at the college are provided without regard to marital status, race, color, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age, or religious creed. In addition, the college attempts to remove any barriers and to provide opportunity for education and employ- ment of handicapped persons. Inquiries regarding compliance with this policy may be directed to Ms. Jeanette Sam, Director of Affirmative Action, Philips Memorial Hall, West Chester State Col- lege, telephone 21 5-436-2838.
OFFICE OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Room 205 - Ruby Jones Hall
Telephones: Area Code 21 5 436-2243 436-2943 436-2659
Issued four times a year, March, May, June, and November, by the Trustees of West Chester State College at West Chester, Pennsylvania Entered as second class matter March 3, 1931, at the Post Office at West Chester, Pennsylvania, under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912 Second Class Postage paid at West Chester, Pa 19380
ACADEMIC CALENDAR (inside front cover)
4 TABLE OF DEGREE PROGRAMS
5 GRADUATE STUDIES AT WESTCHESTER 9 ADMISSION
13 DEGREE CANDIDACY AND DEGREE REQUIRE- MENTS 15 FEES AND EXPENSES 19 FINANCIALAID
21 ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND REGULATIONS 29 COLLEGE SERVICES AND STUDENT LIVING 33 PROGRAMS OF STUDY, COURSE OFFERINGS AND DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 143 ADMINISTRATION 145 INDEX 151 CAMPUS MAP
COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTORY (inside back cover)
CERTIFICATION AND/OR MASTER OF EDUCATION
Biology
Counseling*
Elementary School Counseling Secondary School Counseling
Driver Education and Safe Living*
Elementary Education
English
French
Geography
German
Health
Health and Physical Education
Instructional Media Education
Latin
Mathematics
Reading
Secondary Education
Social Science Concentration in: History
Spanish
MASTER OF ARTS
Biology
English
French
Geography
History
Mathematics
Options in:
Pure Mathematics
Mathematics Education
Applied Computer Science Music Philosophy Physical Science Psychology Social Science
Geography
History
Political Science
Psychology Spanish
Speech Pathology
Teaching English as a Second Lan- guage
MASTER OF MUSIC
Music Education
Music Theory or Composition
Performance
MASTER OF SCIENCE
Chemistry Counseling
Higher Education Counseling Criminal Justice Educational Research Health
Health and Physical Education Instructional Media
*At West Chester State College, the Master's Degree is required for those seeking certification in Counselor Education. •Certification only ^
Objectives: West Chester is committed to broadening the scholarship of the gradu- ate student and the professional skills of the educator while arousing all students to the challenge of research.
THE GRADUATE STUDIES PROGRAM at West Chester has grown remarkably since its introduction in 1959 About 1,600 students now attend during the fall and spring semesters; some 3,000 enroll for its summer sessions. West Chester State College's graduate program is the largest within the 14 Commonwealth- owned institutions of higher learning.
The college began as the West Chester Academy in 1812 and functioned as a normal school from 1871-1927. Since it became a four-year college in 1927, West Chester has developed steadily and is now one of the major comprehensive col- leges in the vicinity of Philadelphia
Its facilities for graduate education are excellent thanks to the Common- wealth's building program begun in the 1950's and still underway Examples are the Schmucker Science Center, a block-long complex of buildings including a planetarium, astronomical observatory, television studio, and modern laborator- ies; Elsie O. Bull Learning and Research Center; the Health and Physical Educa- tion Center, one of the nation's outstanding research facilities in the field; and the Francis Harvey Green Library, which is one of Pennsylvania's principal col- lege libraries
The college offers the Master of Arts, the Master of Education, the Master of Music, and the Master of Science degrees m nearly forty disciplines or areas of study. (See the chart facing this page.)
Many of the new master's degree programs such as the MA in Speech Pathol- ogy, the M.S. in Criminal Justice and the computer science option in the MA. in Mathematics have been designed to meet the particular needs of the times and the area
Along with its degree and certification programs, West Chester offers non-de- gree study in a number of areas including art, economics, nursmg, linguistics, speech communication, theatre arts, special education, and urban education
For the benefit of in-service teachers and employed persons. West Chester schedules its graduate classes during late afternoons and evenings during the fall and spring semesters and during the first of the three summer sessions.
Graduate Summer Sessions
The 12-week summer sessions are divided into three periods: the Pre-Session of three weeks, the Regular Session of six weeks, and the Post Session of three weeks All Pre-Session classes meet in the evenings; almost all classes for the other two sessions meet during the daytime (To apply, see Admissions) — Admis- sion to summer session courses does not constitute admission to a degree pro- gram.
5
6/Graduate Studies at West Chester
The Campus
The college occupies 551 acres in the beautiful rolling countryside of Chester County. The main campus of the college occupies 94 acres within the Borough of West Chester; south campus is located on a 291-acre tract in adjacent townships. In 1977 the college acquired Welkinweir, an estate consisting of 166 acres lo- cated 17 miles north of the main campus.
The Borough of West Chester has been the seat of government in Chester County since 1786. With a population of about 20,000, the Borough proper is small enough to have the pleasant aspects of a tree-shaded American town, large enough to provide essential services and the substance of a vigorous community, and old enough to give the student first-hand touch with America's early history.
The heart of West Chester is its courthouse, a Classical Revival building de- signed in the 1840's by Thomas U. Walter, one of the architects for the Capitol in Washington, DC. The town was settled in the early eighteenth century prin- cipally by members of the Society of Friends; charming traces of their culture re- main in the community.
West Chester today is part of the rapidly growing suburban complex surround- ing Philadelphia and offers interesting opportunities for the study of local, coun- ty, and regional government in a period of change and growth.
Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and Wilmington 1 5 miles to the south of the campus. Thus the libraries, museums, and other cultural and historical resources of both cities are within easy reach. Valley Forge, the Brandywine Battlefield, Longwood Gardens, and other historical attractions are near West Chester
Welkinweir
West Chester's most recent land acquisition is Welkinweir, the 166-acre, northern Chester County estate which was presented to the college as a gift by Mr and Mrs Everett G Rodebaugh.
The stone mansion at Welkinweir dates back to 1750 with an 1800 addition as well as a wing added in 1940 Filled with a remarkable collection of historically valuable books, antiques and objets d'art, the residence is now used for concerts, seminars and conferences.
Highlights from among the contents include numerous authenticated Chester County pieces of furniture, an EM. Skinner Automatic Pipe Organ (one of only five still in existence in working order in the country), a Mason & Hamlin Piano, antique clocks, an English silver collection, and a variety of oriental rugs
The Welkinweir's grounds contain a six-acre, man-made lake and seven ponds; lawns, forested areas, and unusual plantings Access to the Appalachian Trail can be made from the Horseshoe Trail which passes through the property.
How to Reach West Chester
ROUTE } (West Chester Pike) from Philadelphia
ROUTE 100 SOUTH from Downingtown Interchange of Pennsylvania Turnpike
ROUTE 202 SOUFH from Valley Forge interchange of Pennsylvania Turnpike,
NORTH from Wilmington, Del and US ROUTE 1
SEPTA BUSES from 69th Street Terminal in Philadelphia
CONRAIL TRAINS from Suburban And U)th Street Stations in Philadelphia to
West Chester
Undergraduate Studies
Some 6,000 tull time and another thousand part time students are enrolled in the
Graduate studies at West Chester/7
college's undergraduate program. The college grants the Bachelor of Science in Education in four basic curricula— elementary education, secondary education, music education, and in speech pathology and audiology; the Bachelor of Arts degree in arts and letters, social and behavioral sciences, the natural sciences, mathematics, and music; the Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry, and the Bachelor of Music degree
Degree programs preparing students for specialized work in business adminis- tration, computer and information sciences, criminal justice, nursing, social wel- fare, and speech pathology and audiology are offered.
The Admissions Office will supply an undergraduate catalog upon request.
^[DtSC^^Dt^CQ
West Chester State College welcomes all qualified students and is committed to affirmative action to assure equal opportunity for all persons regardless of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, age, or the existence of physical handicap.
Students with a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university in the United States or with equivalent preparation acquired in another country are eligible to apply for admission as degree or non-degree students. Non-degree stu- dents include those seeking certification, cultural growth, or strengthened back- grounds for various professional and industrial occupations.
The college is primarily committed to meeting the educational needs of Penn- sylvania residents. If space is available, well-qualified out-of-state students are considered for admission.
Student Responsibility
It is the responsibility of the students to know and observe all regulations and procedures for their programs and to read this catalog thoroughly. The college will not waive a regulation because a student pleads ignorance of it. A student planning to graduate should give careful attention to the dates relating to appli- cation for graduation and to other pertinent deadlines announced by the depart- ment or the Office of Graduate Studies.
The Application Procedure
1. Applications are available from the Office of Graduate Studies They should be completed and returned to the Office of Graduate Studies.
2 Applicants must request all institutions at which they have taken any post- secondary work to submit two official transcripts directly to the Office of Gradu- ate Studies. Transcripts mailed or delivered by applicants are not acceptable.
3. The $10 application fee should be sent to the Office of Business Affairs.
4. Applicants who have unusual problems or questions are advised to request an interview with the dean of graduate studies.
Application Deadline. Degree candidates should apply at least two months be- fore registration for the semester or summer session in which they wish to enroll.
Notification of Admission. Applicants will be notified by the dean of graduate studies of the acceptance or rejection of their applications.
Registration
Those who have been accepted as graduate students will receive registration in- structions by mail prior to each semester and the summer session
Admission Requirements for Degree Students
1 A baccalaureate degree from a college or university accredited m the United States or its equivalent from a school m another country
2 A cumulative average of at least 2 50 and a grade of at least 2 75 in the area of concentration (A equaling 4]
9
10/Admission
3 Scores from the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test if these are required for admission to the program in which the student wishes to enroll.
4. Approval by the school offering the desired degree program. Before such ap- proval is given, an interview with a faculty member of the school may be required. The applicant must also meet any other additional requirements established for the degree program. {The applicant must arrange for this interview.)
5. Approval by the dean of graduate studies.
6. Space available in the department.
An applicant who meets the grade requirements but has academic deficiencies may be granted provisional status. The department chairperson or school co- ordinator will specify course work which must be taken to remove such de- ficiencies and which will not be credited to degree requirements.
Admission to degree study does not constitute admission to degree candidacy. After a student has satisfactorily fulfilled certain course requirements specified in the degree program and has completed 12 to 15 semester hours of work, the student applies for admission to degree candidacy.
Admission Requirements for Non-Degree Students
1 . A baccalaureate degree from a college or university accredited in the United States or its equivalent from a school in another country.
2. A cumulative average of 2.0 (with A equaling 4).
3 A properly completed application form approved by the department in which the student expects to enroll
4 An interview with a school official if special questions arise during the eval- uation of the application.
Admission is dependent upon the availability of space in the desired depart- ment or program of study
Those admitted as non-degree students may include applicants who fail to qualify as degree students. There is no assurance that courses taken under non- degree status may be used later to satisfy degree requirements.
Undergraduates
An undergraduate who is in the final semester of work for the bachelors de- gree and has an overall grade point average of at least 3 0 may, with the permis- sion of the dean of graduate studies, enroll in up to six credits of graduate level course-work Credits earned may be applied to a master's degree program
Auditors
An auditor is a student who attends classes but who does not necessarily do other work required of students in the course The auditor need not meet normal ad- mission requirements but must obtain approval to audit from the department chairperson or program coordinator and the course professor Auditors pay the regular basic fee and must file the usual formal application for admission to the college The student cannot receive credit for courses taken as an auditor
Admissions/11
Transfer of Credit.
Applicants to a degree program at West Chester who have earned credits through previous graduate study at another college or university rnay transfer credit un- der certain circumstances.
1 . The credits must have been earned at an approved graduate school
2. The courses taken must be essentially the same as courses offered at West Chester and must be approved by the department or school in which the appli- cant intends to enroll at West Chester.
3. No more than six credits may be transferred.
4. The grade earned for courses to be transferred must be B or better (A equals
4).
5. Two official transcripts must be submitted. These must be sent by the institu- tion which granted the credits directly to the Office of Graduate Studies, and they must clearly indicate that the courses to be transferred are graduate courses which were given graduate credit
6. Credits received on continuing-education or undergraduate transcripts do not qualify for graduate transfer credit.
7. The courses for transfer must have been taken recently enough to fall within the six-year time limitation.
Admission of Foreign Students
Students from foreign countries may be admitted to the graduate program pro- vided they meet certain special requirements. Foreign students, like other out-of- state students, are accepted only when space is available
All applications and supporting documents must be on file in the Office of Graduate Studies no less than four months before the student proposes to enter the country.
The Office of Graduate Studies must receive evidence of satisfactory perfor- mance on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (unless English is the appli- cant's native language) before application forms can be processed. Information about the TOEFL test, including test dates and locations in foreign countries, can be obtained from the Educational Testing Service, Box 899, Princeton, N.J. 08540, U.S.A. Registration forms must reach Princeton at least five weeks before the test is to be taken
The information and documents which must be presented are
1 . A completed application form.
2. An official copy of the school certificates, showing the date issued, for all work done beyond the elementary level
After the application and supporting documents have been reviewed, the Of- fice of Graduate Studies will notify the applicant of its action. Foreign students are urged to remain in their own countries until they have received notice of acceptance. The college cannot assume responsibility for their housing or wel- fare. Once a foreign student has been admitted, college authorities will make every reasonable effort to find suitable housing, but — except during summer ses- sions—West Chester does not provide dormitory accommodations for graduate students and cannot guarantee a place of residence.
Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy
Application for degree candidacy should be made within the first 12 to 15 semester hours of the pre-candidacy period.
During the pre-candidacy period the student must:
1. Complete those courses which the department or program specifies as pre- requisite to degree candidacy.
2. Perform satisfactorily on examinations which the department or program may require for admission to degree candidacy.
3. Maintain an overall average of at least 2.75 and an average of at least 3.00 in the concentration
Procedure for Application to Degree Candidacy
1. The student must file an application for admission to degree candidacy with the dean of graduate studies. Forms are available in the Office of Graduate Studies.
2. When the application has been evaluated by the department concerned, the dean of graduate studies will send a letter of acceptance or rejection to the student
3. Upon notice of acceptance, degree candidates must confer with their advisors to establish a program of study.
Reapplication for Degree Candidacy
Applicants who fail to qualify as degree candidates may reapply. They must at- tain an average of 3.00 in course work specified by their advisor.
Retention in a Degree Program
The record of a student whose grade point average falls below 3.0 in his major field and 2.75 overall after acceptance to degree candidacy will be reviewed by the department advisor. If, after 24 hours of work in a degree program, the stu- dent's grade point average is still below a 3.0 in the major field and 2.75 overall, the student will be dropped from the program. An appeal for readmission may be made to the dean of graduate studies.
Summary of Requirements for the Master's Degree
1. Admission to degree candidacy.
13
14/Degree Candidacy and Degree Requirements
2. Completion of all required courses with a cumulative average of 2.75, an aver- age of 3.00 in the field of specialization, and achievement of satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination, if required, or the Miller Analo- gies Test, if required. (See program requirements.)
3. Satisfactory performance on a final written and/or oral comprehensive exam- ination conducted by the student's advisory committee in the field of special- ization. (It is the responsibility of the candidate to apply for this examination.)
4. Submission and approval of the thesis in those programs requiring it.
5. Fulfillment of any special examinations, requirements, or competencies which are peculiar to a department or a school.
6. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the college, including payment of the graduation fee, and of all other obligations including the return of college property.
7. Compliance with all academic requests from the dean of graduate studies, in- cluding submission of a letter of intent to graduate by the specified due date.
Additional Requirements for the Master of Education Degree
In addition to fulfilling these requirements, candidates for certain of the Master of Education degrees must give evidence of successful teaching experience ap- proved by the department chairperson. Other experiences in lieu of this require- ment must be approved by the dean of graduate studies.
e\^m mil} Ewmms
Special Note: The fees listed below reflect charges as of the Spring Semester, 1978. For up-to-date information on fees at any given time, contact the Student Ac- counts Office, (21 5] 436-2552.
Fees and Expenses are subject to change without notice.
Unless otherwise specified, fees are paid by check or money order made payable to: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Your canceled check or money order record serves as your receipt.
BASIC FEE
(as of Spring Semester 1978)
Legal Residents of Pennsylvania
Less than 9 credits $51 per semester hour of credit
9 through 1 5 credits $475 per semester
More than 1 5 credits $475 plus $51 for each semester hour of credit beyond
15
Out-of-State Students
Less than 9 credits $75 per semester hour of credit
9 through 1 5 credits $890 per semester
More than 1 5 credits $890 plus $75 for each semester hour of credit beyond
15
APPLICATION FEE
The $10.00 Application Fee should be sent directly to the Office of Business Af- fairs.
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
A fee of $25.00 is paid at the Office of Business Affairs at the time the examina- tion is scheduled. Forms are available in that office.
LATE REGISTRATION FEE
A late registration fee of $25.00 is required of students completing registration after the official registration deadline.
COMMUNITYCENTER FEE
Students pay a Community Center Fee based on the number of credits carried, as follows:
1 through 6 credits $2.50 per semester
7 through 8 credits $5.00 per semester
9 credits or more $10.00 per semester The community center fee is not refundable.
15
16/Fees and Expenses
COURSE AUDIT FEE
Students who audit a course (attend a course without taking credit) pay the same fees as other students.
DISHONORED CHECK FEE
A fee of $10 is charged to accounts where a stop-payment order has been entered for a check sent in payment and for checks returned marked "Insufficient Funds." The late registration fee of $25 will also then be charged to the account.
TRANSCRIPT FEE
$1 .00 per copy. After graduation, the first copy of the transcript will be sent with- out charge. Graduated students pay the fee for all copies made thereafter. Tran- script request forms are available in the Office of Graduate Studies.
MUSIC FEES
In addition to the basic fee, graduate students in music are billed according to the following fee schedule: Piano, Organ, Instrument, or Voice- one half-hour lesson each week $55 per semester Instrument Class or Ensemble — 2 hours per week $35 per semester
Rentals
Any band or orchestra instrument $6.00 per semester
$1 .00 per week in summer sessions Organ ($12.00 per semester) $2.00 per week in summer sessions
WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURE
Students who wish to withdraw from the college after paying their semester or summer session fees must follow the official withdrawal procedure. Withdrawal forms are available in the Office of Graduate Studies. Completed forms must be returned to that office durmg the semester or summer session when the with- drawal occurs.
REFUND POLICY
All refund requests must be made during the semester or session for which the re- fund is requested. Forms, which are available in the Office of Graduate Studies, should be completed and returned to that office.
Basic Fee Refunds:
First through Second Week: Full-time students who withdraw completely for- feit $75.00.
Part-time students who withdraw completely and students who drop courses receive an 80% refund.
Third Week: All Students — 70% refund of basic fees.
Fourth Weed: All students — 60% refund of basic fees.
Fifth Week: All students — 50% refund of basic fees.
After Fifth Week: No refund of basic fees
The community center fee is non-refundable
Refunds will not be made to students who are suspended or who are dismissed or
Fees and Expenses/17
who drop courses without the approval of the dean of graduate studies.
PLEASE REFER TO THE SUMMER GRADUATE CATALOG FOR SUMMER SES- SION FEES AND POLICIES.
GRADUATION FEE
A graduation fee of $24 is required of all degree candidates. No degree will be granted until this fee is paid. Checks should be drawn to "Commencement Fund" and delivered to the Office of Graduate Studies on or before the due date.
VEHICLE PERMIT
(Cash or check drawn to Intracollegiate Governmental Association)
Students who wish to park their vehicles in campus lots are required to have a vehicle permit which may be obtained at registration. The owner's registration card for the vehicle must be presented. The cost of the permit for a full year is $2.00, for Pre or Regular Session, $1 .00, for Post Session, 50<l^. All permits expire in the September following month of issue.
LIBRARY CARD/I. D. CARD
In order to borrow books from the library, graduate students must present identi- fication, either a library card or an ID. (identification) card. The fee for either card is $1 00. The ID. card is purchased at the IG A Office, the library card at the library.
IJ'DtS^tCl^C^a (i}\E
LOANS
National Direct Student Loan Program
The National Direct Student Loan Program is a cooperative effort of the federal government and West Chester State College which enables qualified students to secure long-term educational loans under attractive conditions. The law requires that each borrower be:
1 . Enrolled or accepted in the institution participating in the program.
2. Carrying at least 1/2 the normal full-time workload as determined by the in- stitution.
3. In need of the amount of the loan to pursue a course of study.
4. Capable, in the institution's opinion, of maintaining good standing in the cur- riculum.
Under the law, graduate students may borrow up to $2,500 per year with the combined total of undergraduate/graduate loans not to exceed $10,000. Ap- proval of loans depends upon the student's financial need and the availability of loan funds. For further information contact the director of financial aid.
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency Loan Guaranty Program
The Student Loan Guaranty Program is a cooperative effort of private lending in- stitutions and the state and federal governments which enables qualified students to secure long-term educational loans under attractive conditions. To be eligible for a loan, a student must:
1 . Be a domiciliary of Pennsylvania for 30 days immediately prior to the date of filing a loan guaranty application.
2. Be accepted for enrollment in an approved institution or, if enrolled, be in good standing.
3. Meet satisfactory character requirements and citizenship requirements.
4. Be classified as at least a half-time student.
The maximum loan per academic grade level for full-time graduate students is $5,000, for half-time graduate students, $2,500. The total indebtedness permis- sible for all years of undergraduate and graduate study is $15,000. For further in- formation contact the director of financial aid.
GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS
A number of graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. Interested students are advised to consult the department chairpeople to deter- mine the availability of assistantships and the candidate's eligibility for assign- ments. Assignments may involve part-time undergraduate teaching, participation in research projects, or other professional duties under faculty supervision.
Beginning graduate assistants are paid at the rate of $2,705 for the academic year and course fees are waived.
19
20/Financial Aid
RESIDENT DIRECTORS
Opportunities to serve as resident directors for undergraduate students are open to men and women graduate students. Directors live in the college residence halls and provide direction for the personal, social, and educational develop- ment of the resident students. These positions are funded through the Civil Serv- ice program Remuneration also includes room and board. Applications can be made through the Office of Student Development, Room 206, College Union Building. (Telephone 436-3305.)
SCHOOL OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION SCHOLAR- SHIP.
One $300.00 scholarship to a graduate student in the Graduate School of Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Applications are made to the dean of the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.
All requirements for the student's degree program must be included within six years of the completion of all degree requirements. In cases where unusual cir- cumstances exist, a request for an extension of time may be made through the ap- propriate department for recommendation and consideration by the dean of graduate studies.
See also Degree Candidacy and Degree Requirements
Classification of Students
Students are classified as:
A. Degree Students
1. Full graduate standing — granted to a student who meets all admissions re- quirements.
2. Provisional graduate standing — may be granted to a student who:
a. Has not taken the Graduate Record Examination, the Miller Analogies Test, or a specialized entrance examination required by the department con- cerned.
b. Is unable to present all prerequisites required by the department.
c. Has certain other academic deficiencies.
d Fails to meet the academic average required for a degree student
B. Non-Degree Students
1. Certification — applies to students taking course work to gain teacher certi- fication.
2. Professional growth — students who take graduate course work but seek neither a degree nor certification.
Advisory System
All students will be assigned an advisor in the department of their choice. Students are expected to take the initiative in scheduling interviews with their ad- visors during their course of study
Re-Examination Policy for Students Who Exceed the Time Limitation
Students who wish to re-enter a degree program after losing their status by ex- ceeding the time limit may regain credits toward the degree by re-examination. Such students should consult with the dean of graduate studies to obtain permis- sion for re-examination.
21
22/Academic Information
Graduate Level Course Numbering System
500 Series Graduate level courses to which advanced undergraduates might
be admitted. 600 Series Graduate courses not normally open to undergraduates. Course numbering within a series is at the discretion of the department offering the courses.
Student Load
The normal work load for a full-time student during the fall and spring semesters is 9 semester hours. The load may be increased if approval has been obtained from the student's advisor.
During the summer session, the normal work load is one semester hour of work for each week of enrollment. Generally, students carry only one course during the Pre or Post Session. If permission has been given by the dean of graduate studies, students may carry more than six semester hours of work in the Regular Session.
Course Credit by Examination
A graduate student may obtain course credit through examination. Application must be made through the Office of Graduate Studies, and the student's advisor must approve the application.
Transferring Credit from Other Institutions
West Chester students who wish to take course work at other institutions for credit at West Chester must first obtain approval from their chairperson or co- ordinator. Other restrictions and requirements are the same as those given in "Transfer of Credit," page 11 .
Change of Status
A provisional degree student may petition for full graduate standing by making a written request to the Office of Graduate Studies. Credit earned as a provisional degree student or as a non-degree student may be accepted in a degree program only upon the recommendation of the student's advisor. Provisional degree stu- dents should consult their advisors well in advance in order to select work appro- priate for transfer toward the degree.
Changing to Auditor Status
Before the sixth meeting of a class during a semester or an equivalent period of time during summer sessions, a students may apply to become an auditor by completing a change-in-class-status form available in the Office of Graduate Studies and obtaining necessary approval.
Changes in Program
In order to change from one program to another, the student must:
1 Obtain a change-in-curriculum form from the Office of Graduate Studies.
2. Have the form signed by the two chairpersons or program coordinators and the two deans (or associate deans for graduate study) concerned in the program change.
Academic Information/23
3. Present the completed form to the Office of Graduate Studies which will notify the applicant m writing of the action taken on the request.
Withdrawal from Courses in Fall or Spring Semesters
A student finding it necessary to withdraw from a course should:
1 . Obtain a withdrawal form from the Office of Graduate Studies.
2. Obtain signatures of the course professor, the department chairperson or program coordinator, and the school dean or the associate dean for graduate studies.
3. Return the signed form to the Office of Graduate Studies before the end of that semester.
Students who drop a course — either before or after six class meetings — with- out following the course-withdrawal procedure will receive an F on their permanent records and will forfeit any right they may have had to a refund.
If a student withdraws before the sixth meeting of a class, the withdrawal will be viewed as a cancellation of enrollment, and the course will not be entered on the student's academic record. The student is entitled to a refund. See Fees and Expenses
A student who attends six or more meetings of the class will not be eligible for a refund, and the course will be entered on the student's permanent grade record either as a WP or as a WF.
Withdrawal from Courses in Summer Sessions
Students who have attended one day of classes during any summer session may not cancel enrollment and are not entitled to a refund. Students who stop attend- ing classes in which they are enrolled will receive a WP or WF for the course.
In order to withdraw officially from summer session classes, a student must submit a completed summer session withdrawal form to the Office of Graduate Studies before the end of that summer session.
Withdrawal from the College
A student intending to withdraw completely from the graduate program must comply with the procedures outlined above and, in addition, give the dean of graduate studies written notice stating the reason for the withdrawal. The student's last day in classes will be considered the student's termination date.
Grading System
The following grading system is used:
Quality
Grade Interpretation Points
A Superior 4
B Above Average 3
C Average 2
D Below Average (see below) 1
F Failure 0 I Incomplete (see below)
WF Withdrew Failing 0 WP Withdrew Passing Aud Audit
24/Academic Information
Degree students must repeat any required course for which they have received a D or F grade. All grades received for a course will remain on the student's record, but only the highest grade' achieved will be used to calculate the cumulative average. A form for reporting repeated courses must be obtained from the Office of Graduate Studies, completed, and returned there.
Removing Incompletes
Students must complete courses for which they have received an Incomplete within the next 90 calendar days or the I will become an F. The student must file in the Office of Graduate Studies a request for an extension of this time limita- tion which has been endorsed by the faculty member who entered the Incom- plete. The 90-day requirement does not apply to independent study nor to the thesis, research report, or practicum.
Grade Reports
Grade reports are mailed to the student soon after the end of a semester or sum- mer session. Students are reminded to check their reports against grade require- ments and other regulations and to have their reports at hand when consulting with advisors.
Obtaining Transcripts
Transcripts of work taken at West Chester may be obtained from the Office of Graduate Studies. A check or money order, payable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, must accompany a written request which should include the period of attendance at the college, the curriculum pursued. Social security number, and any change of name during enrollment. For transcript fee, see Fees and Expenses.
Changes in Name or Address
Students should notify the Office of Graduate Studies immediately of any change of address or change in name.
Graduate Record Examination
Scores for the Graduate Record Examination are required for many of the degree programs, either at the time of application or at some later date The prospective degree student should consult the appropriate program outine
The Graduate Record Examination is administered by the Educational Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey 08540 and consists of the Aptitude Test (morning test) and the Advanced Tests (afternoon tests in the fields of concentra- tion). Application forms and data may be obtained either by writing directly to the service or from the Counseling Center, Room 129 Lawrence Center Applica- tion forms must be filed with the Educational Testing Service at least 15 days prior to the date of any examination
The examinations may be taken at any of the testing centers designated by the Educational Testing Services. These tests are administered periodically at West Chester — generally in October, December, February, April, and jLine
Miller Analogies Test
Some degree programs require students to take the Miller Analogies Test
Academic lnforniation/25
which is administered each week at the Counsehng Center, Room 129, Lawrence Center. It requires less than two hours and is given by appointment. Students requiring the test should telephone the center (436-2301) at least three weeks before a test date is needed. Once a date has been established, the student must pay an $8.00 fee in person to the Office of Business Affairs. The fee receipt must be presented to the center before the M.A.T. will be administered.
The Comprehensive (Area of Specialization) Examination
The comprehensive examination covers the student's major field and is con- structed, administered, and evaluated by the faculty of the student's major de- partment or program. Successful performance on the comprehensive examina- tion is a requirement for all master's degrees granted by the college. The candi- date must apply for the examination with the department graduate coordinator and is not eligible to take the examination prior to the semester in which all courses in the concentration are earned.
Other Examinations
Other examinations may be required of degree students. All requirements given under the heading of the particular program should be carefully noted.
Research Requirements
Students should consult specific programs to determine whether independent study directed toward either the thesis or a research report is required, offered optionally, or omitted.
Letter of Intent to Graduate
The degree student must file a letter of intent to graduate with the dean of graduate studies and the department chairperson or program coordinator on or before the date specified by the Office of Graduate Studies.
Submitting the Thesis for Binding
Upon its approval by the school or department, the thesis must be typed in ac- cordance with specifications which may be obtained from the school or depart- ment. Three copies of the typed thesis together with three copies of the abstract (250-500 words) must be submitted to the Office of Graduate Studies for binding. Candidates who wish additional bound copies should submit as many copies as are desired. The cost of binding is $6 00 per copy
Permanent Certification
The Instructional II (Permanent) Certificate shall be a permanent certificate issued to an applicant who has completed three years of satisfactory teachmg on an Instructional I Certificate attested to by the superintendent of the school district in which his most recent service was performed, or in the case of an inter- mediate unit, the executive director, or in the case of an approved non-public school, the chief school administrator. In addition the applicant shall have com- pleted 24 semester hours of collegiate study at an approved four-year institution and subsequent to the conferring of the baccalaureate degree.
IN-SERVICE PROGRAMS. The 24-semester-hour requirement may be satisfied,
26/Academic Information
in whole or in part, through in-service programs approved by the Secretary of Education of the Commonwealth.
Renewal of Instructional I Certification
The Instructional Certificate is valid for three years of teaching in approved schools of the Commonwealth. The three years need not be consecutive. The cer- tificate may be renewed for three additional years of teaching after the comple- tion of 12 additional semester hours of post-baccalaureate, graduate or ap- proved in-service credit. A renewal should be requested through the school superintendent's office
Educational Specialist Certification
Commonwealth regulations also provide for certification as an educational specialist to those persons who successfully complete an approved program of study and have the recommendation of the training institution. The Educational Specialist Certificate is issued on two levels.
Educational Specialist I (Provisional). The Educational Specialist I Certificate shall be issued for entry into a professional position in the schools of the Com- monwealth. The applicant shall have completed an approved program of studies, shall possess a baccalaureate degree, and shall have been recommended for cer- tification by the preparing institution.
Educational Specialist II (Permanent). The Educational Specialist II Certificate shall be a permanent certificate issued to an applicant who shall have completed three years of satisfactory service on an Educational Specialist I Certificate, and who shall have completed 24 semester hours of post-baccalaureate or graduate study at a regionally approved institution. In addition, the applicant shall have received the recommendation of the superintendent of the school district in which his most recent service was performed, or in the case of an intermediate unit, the executive director, or in the case of an approved non-public school, the chief school administrator.
Directory information
West Chester State College has, in the past, made public certain kinds of in- formation about students, such as the names of those who receive scholarships, who hold offices, or who are members of athletic teams. Various kinds of campus directories are published throughout the year to help members of the college community locate and communicate with each other. The commencement pro- grams publish the names of those who have received degrees during the year.
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act defines the term "directory in- formation" to include the following categories of information: the student's name, addresses, telephone numbers, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards re- ceived, and the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student. The college will limit information which is made public to categories such as these but will not necessarily publish all such information in every listing.
Students who do not wish to have any or all of such "directory information" published without their prior consent must file notice — undergraduate in the Office of the Registrar and graduate students in the Office of Graduate Studies.
Academic Information/27
A signed, dated statement specifying items not to be published must be brought by the student to the appropriate office within the first fifteen calendar days after the beginning of the fall semester.
FRANCIS HARVEY GREEN LIBRARY
The Francis Harvey Green Library offers the graduate student an excellent envi- ronment for study and research. The first section of the building was completed in 1966 and the six-story addition was opened in the fall of 1976. The library complex contains a graduate study and lounge, seminar rooms, a special col- lections room, a map room, an enlarged instructional materials center with audio-visual facilities, an enlarged periodicals collection, and increased micro- reading facilities.
The general collection of more than 350,000 volumes and 2,600 periodicals is augmented by an extensive micromedia collection representing more than 300,000 volumes including books, periodicals, newspapers, and doctoral disserta- tions and an extensive collection of government publications. The special col- lections include the Chester County Collection of Scientific and Historical Books; the Normal Collection (publications by and about the faculty and alumni); the Ehringer Collection (a collection of historical books on physical education); the Biographies of the Signers of the Declaration of Independence by John Sanderson; and the Shakespeare Folios. Other collections of note are the children's curriculum, government documents, music collections and the Philips collection of autographed books.
The college library, through its staff of 13 professional librarians, provides the services required by students and faculty working in all areas covered by the college's instructional programs.
Bureau of Research and Related Services
The Bureau of Research and Related Services fosters the development of basic, applied, and institutional research and provides facilities for the tabulation and analysis of research data. The research function of the bureau encompasses studies initiated by the faculty and administrative staff as well as studies jointly sponsored by the college and various educational agencies and foundations.
The bureau assists faculty and students in securing financial support for their research projects.
Data Processing services include the tabulating and summarizing of infor- mation required by various administrative divisions of the college.
The computer center, statistical laboratory, and research facilities are housed in the Learning and Research Center.
Housing
West Chester provides housing facilities for its graduate students only during the Summer Sessions when room and board are available for men or women through the Office of Student Development in the Sykes College Union Building. Gradu-
29
30/Servicesand Student Living
ate students are expected to abide by the housing regulations governing under- graduate students.
The college has no facilities for housing married students. Area newspapers and realtors should be consulted
College Policy for Storm Closings
If storm conditions make it necessary to close the college, announcement will be made over most area radio and television stations which employ a system of code numbers. West Chester's numbers are:
853 Day Classes for Undergraduate Students
2853 Graduate Classes and Other Evening Classes
J'tudent Health Service
Two part-time physicians and five registered nurses are available to meet emergency and first-aid needs and to perform routine infirmary treatment of rriinor illnesses and minor surgical conditions at no cost to students. The college does not furnish other medical care nor bear the costs of medical or surgical treatment or hospitalization. The community of West Chester has qualified phy- sicians and excellent hospital facilities. The service is in Reynolds Hall where, for emergencies, a nurse is on duty on a 24-hour basis except from midnight Saturday to 8 A.M. Sunday.
Only full-time graduate students may take advantage of a group medical and accident policy, approved by the college and covering accidents and illness on a twelve-month basis. The policy may be obtained at a minimal annual premium cost from the health service.
Counseling Center
Staffed by psychologists trained to work with college students, the Counseling Center offers professional counseling and psychological services to students with educational, vocational, personal, social and emotional problems and concerns. Counseling is offered on an individual and small group basis, and varies with the needs of each student. All interviews and test results are strictly confidential.
These services are available to all West Chester State College students at no charge. Students may make appointments by phone (Call 436-2301 ) or by going to the Counseling Center Office, Room 129, Lawrence Center. Every attempt is made to see students that same day.
Speech and Hearing Clinic
Graduate students who need help in meeting minimal speech standards may use the services of the Speech and Hearing Clinic at no cost The clinic is conducted by the Department of Speech Pathology and Audiology in Wayne Hall
Career Development Center
The college provides career planning and placement services for its students and graduates
The Career Development Center libraries provide mformation about careers, Civil Service appointments, application forms, procedures, and job requirements.
The services are available to graduate students at no cost, subject to the following college policy:
Services and Student Living/31
1. Students who have satisfactorily completed more than 15 semester hours of graduate study at West Chester or who hold undergraduate degrees from the college are eligible for the full services of the office. Full services include; reg- istration, development and mailing of credentials to prospective employers, career counseling, use of private facilities for on-campus interviews arranged by the applicant, and participation in a program of on-campus interviews arranged by the Career Development Center.
2. Graduate students whose baccalaureate degrees were not received at West Chester and who have satisfactorily completed less than 15 semester hours are eligible for limited service use of the Career Development Center libraries and guidance from the staff.
The Career Development Center is located in Lawrence Center.
Veterans' Affairs
The Office of Veterans' Affairs is located in the Learning and Research Center. All veterans, certain dependents of disabled or deceased veterans, and war orphans who wish to obtain educational benefits under the appropriate public laws must register with the Office of Veterans' Affairs during college registra- tions. The Veterans Administration requires students who are veterans to schedule at least eight semester hours per semester in order to receive full-time benefits under the G.I. Bill.
A representative of the Veterans Administration who counsels and who acts as liaison between students and the Veterans Administration Center is a member of the office staff.
Honor Societies
The School of Education sponsors an active chapter of Phi Delta Kappa, the international graduate honor society. Membership in the West Chester chapter, which was organized in 1956, is by invitation and recognizes scholarship in all fields of education.
Graduate students are eligible to participate in the activities of the under- graduate honor societies at West Chester if they have been members during their own undergraduate years. These organizations, which are described in the West Chester State College Undergraduate Bulletin, recognize academic achievement and professional interest in the field of foreign languages, geography, health and physical education, history, mathematics, music, psychology, and social sciences.
Cultural Events
Students are urged to attend the excellent cultural programs at West Chester. Among these are the All Star Series, Chamber Music Series, the William Pyle Philips Lecture Series, the Intracollegiate Governmental Association evening series of programs. Little Theatre productions in the Studio Theatre and Turk's Head Playhouse, and recitals and concerts given by faculty and students of the School of Music. A calendar of events may be obtained from the Office of Cul- tural Affairs and College Events, Sykes College Union.
Sports Activities
Opportunities for sports and recreational activities are provided by the School of
32/Services and Student Living
Health, Physical Education and Recreation. For details, contact the Coordinator of Recreation, Health and Physical Education Center.
PEBBBflCCe BP etfBB«7(, B(EQBI]B(E[S[E[St^^ mtl}
Graduate course offerings are divided among the schools as follows: School of Arts and Letters School of Music
Art
English
Foreign Languages
Philosophy
Speech Communication and Theatre
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Music Education
Music History and Literature
Music Theory and Composition
Instrumental Music
Keyboard Music
Vocal and Choral Music
School of Education
Counseling Elementary Education Instructional Media Education Secondary Education and
Professional Studies Educational Research Reading
Special Education Urban Education
School of Sciences and Mathematics
Biology
Chemistry
Earth Sciences
Mathematical Sciences
Physics
School of Health and Physical Education
Health Education Physical Education
School of Social and Behavioral Sciences
Criminal Justice Geography and Planning Government and Politics History Psychology
For the convenience of readers the arrangement of course offerings is alpha- betical by field or area of study.
33
Anthropology, Sociology, and Social Welfare
Mr. Murphy - \ * ^ Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Marshall J. Becker, Ph. D., University of Pennsylvania Glenn W. Samuelson, Ed. D., University of Maryland Margaret C. Yeakel, D.S.W., Case Western Reserve University
ASSOCrATE PROFESSORS
Charlotte E. Bartlett, M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College Patrick W. Luck, Ph.D., University of Connecticut John A. Main, D.S.W., University of Pennsylvania Martin Murphy, A.M., University of Michigan
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Jon A. Cowen, A.M., University of Pennsylvania
Bonita Freeman-Witthoft, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Andrew Masiuk, M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College
Mary W. McCullough, M.S.W., University of North Carolina
Robert B. McCutcheon, M.S.W., Rutgers School of Social Work
Sonia V. Wingate, M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania
INSTRUCTOR
Kathleen E. Neilson, M.A., Temple University
The Department of Anthropology, Sociology, and Social Welfare suspends until further notice the offering of its MA. degree programs and its M. Ed. degree programs in anthropology and sociology. During the term of this suspension no students will be admitted as degree candidates to the department The depart- ment will on a limited basis, however, offer graduate courses in anthropology, sociology, and social work to graduate students from other areas as well as to ad- vanced undergraduate majors and nonmajors.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Anthropology
Symbol; ANT
500 Strategies and Techniques in Anthropological Research (3) The logic of anthro- pological research; fundamentals of research design, data collection, evaluation
512 Ethnographic Studies (3) Intensive survey of a single culture area Area for study an- nounced in advance
515 Problems in Anthropology (3) Perennial issues in anthropological explanation
555 Proseminar in Urban Anthropology (3) Application of techniques of anthropological field investigation to the analysis of urban environments
580 (also LIN 580) Language and Culture (3) See LIN 580
595 Seminar in Anthropology (3) PREREQ: permission of instruction.
36/Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare
599 Independent Studies in Anthropology (1-3) PREREQ: approval of instructor and de- partment chairperson.
600 Research Report (2) 610 Thesis (3-6)
Sociology
Symbol: SOC
500 Research Design (3) The logic of sociological research; fundamentals of research de- sign, data collection, evaluation
521 (also CR| 521) Youth and Delinquency (3) Juvenile delinquency as a form of social deviance; theories of causation and control
531 Social Problems (3) Analysis of how things come to be defined as social problems.
532 History of Sociological Theory (3) Development of sociological thought.
533 American Minorities (3) Racial and ethnic group relations
538 (also CRJ 538) Crime and Justice (3) A sociological analysis of criminal law, crime statistics, causes of crime, and the administration of criminal justice.
539 (also CRJ 539) Deviance and Control (3) An advanced analysis of social deviance and control
540 (also LIN 540) Sociolinguistics(3) See LIN 540
550 Seminar in Sociology (3) PREREQ: permission of instructor
590 Independent Studies in Sociology (1-3) PREREQ: approval of instructor and depart- ment chairperson
600 Research Report (2)
610 Thesis (3-6)
Social Work
Symbol: SWO
520 Theory for Social Work Practice (3) A survey of various psychological/sociological theories with emphasis on their application to social work practice. Summer.
521 Social Group Work with Women in Transition (3) Dynamics of social group work process, with attention given to the special knowledge and skills needed for working with separated, divorced, or abused women Summer.
522 Family Therapy in Social Work (3) Social work skills and the social worker's role as a team member working with families in therapy Summer
542 (also CRJ 542) Interviewing and Counseling the Offender I (3) (See CR) 542)
543 (Also CRJ 543) Social Rehabilitation of the Offender (3) Interviewing and counseling skills with the juvenile offender, emphasizing the use of the court and probationary process as dynamics for rehabilitation PREREQ SWO 542 (CR) 542)
Art
Mr. Hoberg, Chairperson - S. ^
PROFESSOR
Pamela Hemphill, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Jack C. Hawthorne, M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania Perry F. Hoberg, M.A., University of Delaware Victor Lasuchin, M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania Gus V. Sermas, M.F.A., University of Wisconsin Carolyn C. Simmendinger, M.F.A., Tyler School of Art Linwood J. White, M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Ronald N. Def ino, M.F.A., Tyler School of Art William J. Rarick, M.F.A., Tyler School of Art Bernice Shapiro, M.Ed., Tyler School of Art
INSTRUCTOR
John Baker, B.A., West Chester State College
Course Descriptions
Symbol: ART
516-517 Painting Ml (3) (3) Individual expression in painting. Experimentation is encour- aged
520 Painting: Independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction at advanced level. Development of professional, personal, and imaginative statements leading to formation of student's pictorial identity
521 Sculpture I (3) Introduction to sculpture via the fundamentals of 3-D design. Use of basic tools, development of skills, techniques, and processes in creating sculpture. Projects in plaster, clay, stone, wood.
522 Sculpture II (3) Advanced problems in sculpture; continuing exploration of form, structure, process. Use and maintenance of tools. Materials; their origins and supply sources. Projects in clay, stone, wood, plastic, plaster, wire, new materials.
525 Multi-Media Workshop in Sculpture III (3) Fabrication methods and techniques, using wood, plastic, various metals
531 Ceramics I (3) Ceramic techniques and aesthetics of clay, leading toward development of creative expression. Exercises in hand-built and wheel-thrown forms Formulation of clay bodies, glaze bodies, and calculations; loading and kiln firing techniques Also, basic exer- cises for elementary and secondary teaching levels.
532 Ceramics II (3) Further development of expression for those who have mastered basic ceramic processes Research in clay bodies, glaze chemistry, firing techniques, kiln construction. Creative problems
533 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Individual projects involving the total or specialized areas of the ceramic process. Practical experience through heiping to maintain the ceramic complex.
534 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3)
541 Printmaking: Relief, independent Projects (3) Advanced-level study with individual- ized instruction. Collagraph, lino-cut, woodcut techniques Combining various printing proc- esses with relief printmaking.
38/Art
542 Printmaking: Silk-Screen, Independent Projects (3) Advanced-level study with in- dividualized instruction Technical and aesthetic possibilities including photo-stencil, incorporation of silk-screen with other printmaking processes.
543 Printmaking: Intaglio, Independent Projects (3) Advanced-level study with in- dividualized instruction Relief etching and basic intaglio techniques for work on metal plates Drypoint, straight line etch, soft and lift grounds, aquatint, engraving Combining various printing processes with intaglio printmaking
544 Printmaking: Lithography, Independent Projects (3) Advanced-level study with individ- ualized instruction. Aluminum plates and stone lithography techniques Combining various prmting processes with lithography
546 Drawing: Independent Projects (3) Advanced-level study with individualized instruc- tion Emphasis on professional, personal, and imaginative statements leading to student's iconographic identity
547 Two-Dimensional Design: Independent Projects (3) Advanced-level study with individualized instruction Design elements and analytical principles of organization. Em- phasis on professional, personal, and creative statements leading to formation of profes- sional employment.
549 Graphic Design: Independent Projects (3) Advanced-level study with individualized in- struction Developing means for solving communication problems of diverse character with emphasis on practical application Projects are refined into portfolio presentations for pro- fessional employment
551 Art Education in the Elementary School (3) Current trends in art education for the ele- mentary school
565 Crafts: Independent Projects (3) Projects invoice varied media and their techniques and processes Exploration of 2-D and 3-D crafts and their application in recreational and elementary school programs.
576 Primitive Art (3) Ritual and myth from prehistory to early Ancient Near East; contemp- orary primitive cultures; psychological and psychoanalytical interpretations; comparison with phenomenon of primitivistic interests of the West
580 European and U.S. Art (3) For the student who is deficient in art history and wishes to augment his field (eg social studies, literature, philosophy) Analysis of the major forms and styles from Renaissance to present
581 The Artist and Society (3) Personal statement of the student's commitment to art The nature of the creative impulse; the necessity to society of creative production
590 Independent Studies in Art (1-3)
595 Latin-American Art (3) Interpretation of 20th-century environment architecture and decoration with relationship to cultural development in Latin America
596 introduction to Aesthetics (3) Introduction to the aesthetic theories and art forms in the context of social change, philosophy and sciences, creation, and the creative process.
597 History of Aesthetics and Art Criticism (3) Philosophical theories of art production from Ancient Greece through the 19th century Relationship of aesthetic experience to forms and to technical, psychological, and CLiltural values
Biology
V ^ «
Mr. Bernhardt, Chairperson
Mrs. Martinez, Assistant Chairperson
Dr. Dorchester, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Rehs B. Brown, Ph.D., Yale University Carmela L. Cinquina, Ph.D., Rutgers — The State University Thomas DeMott, V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania John E. C. Dorchester, Ph.D., University of Toronto William R. Overlease, Ph.D., Michigan State University Ronald F. Romig, Ph.D., University of Delaware Richard I. Woodruff, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Robert W. Bernhardt, M.S., Syracuse University William C. Brown, M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College Georgann Cullen, M.A., Kent State University Margaret Y. Martinez, M.A., Columbia University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Marianne K. Eleuterio, Ph.D., University of Delaware Harry G. Jones, M.S., University of Pennsylvania Jack Waber, Ph.D., University of Hawaii
The Department of Biology offers two degree programs, one leading to the Mas- ter of Arts in Biology and the other to the Master of Education in Biology.
Admission to the Programs
Applicants for either program must meet the general requirements for admission to degree study at West Chester and, in addition, submit scores for the Graduate Record Examination (verbal, quantitative, and advanced biology).
Admission to the M.A. Program
Applicants must present a minimum of two semesters of general college chemis- try, one semester of organic chemistry, one semester of mathematics, and at least 24 semester hours of biological science.
Admission to the M.Ed. Program
Applicants must present a minimum of two semesters of general college chem- istry, one semester of organic chemistry, and at least 18 semester hours of bio- logical science.
Degree Candidacy
Students who intend to obtain a master's degree in biology must apply for degree candidacy by the time they have completed 15 hours of graduate credit in the Department of Biology The application forms are obtained from the Office of Graduate Studies. In order to qualify for admission to candidacy the student must:
40/Biology
1. Have completed a minimum of 12 hours of graduate-level courses in biology with an average of B (3.0) or better.
2. Have submitted Graduate Record Examination scores for verbal, quantita- tive, and advanced tests,
3. Have performed satisfactorily on the departmental qualifying examination, which is administered the third Saturday of March and the third Saturday of October. Students should notify the department graduate coordinator in writing of their intention to take the examination.
4. Have removed any conditions under which the student was originally admit- ted to graduate study.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE M.A. DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
30 Semester Hours
The candidate for the M.A. in biology must complete 30 semester hours of gradu- ate work, of which at least 24 credits must be in biology. Six of these credit hours must be either in a thesis or a seminar program as outlined below. Six credit hours may be taken in allied sciences, approved by the department. In addition the candidate must perform successfully on an oral defense of thesis, or on the oral comprehensive examination.
A. Thesis (BIO 610)
The thesis should be based on independent laboratory or field observations and should constitute a contribution to existing knowledge. Although publication is not a requirement, the thesis should be in a format acceptable to any standard journal in the field. The candidate will be expected to defend the thesis during an oral examination.
B. Seminars in Biology
The candidate will participate in three seminars chosen from the following semi- nars: BIO 520 — 550 — 560—570 — 590. Seminars selected are subject to the ap- proval of the faculty advisor or instructor. The content of the seminars will figure prominently in the final oral comprehensive examination.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE M.Ed. DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
34 Semester Hours
The candidate for the M.Ed, must complete 34 semester hours of graduate work, and of these, 10-12 hours must be taken in professional education courses in ac cordance with the requirements of the School of Education. (See page 130.) In the area of biology, BIO 500 is required from all M.Ed, candidates. Of the remaining 18-20 semester hours, all must be taken in biology or — under advisement — three of these hours may be taken in an allied science. The final comprehensive oral examination must be taken any time after the completion of 28 semester hours. Students may elect to be examined in the subject matter of their courses or may elect to present a seminar and be examined in the subject matter of the seminar and peripheral areas of knowledge.
Finally the student fulfills an elective requirement of from 0-4 semester hours in either professional education or academic course work.
Biology/41
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: BIO
500 Methods and Materials in Biological Research (2) Literature searching in biology; prep- arations of scientific reports; experimental design. Offered in summer session
503 Mammalian Physiology (3) Fundamental physiological processes in mammals PRE- REQ: college biology Offered in summer session
510 History of Biology (3) Development of biology from the earliest records PREREQ: gen- eral zoology, general botany
512 The Living Forest (1) An introduction to the forest as an ecosystem Not counted toward the biology major Offered in summer session
515 Common Trees of Chester County (1) Survey of common native (and some ornamental) trees of Chester County, including identification and relationships of species to habitat Not counted toward a biology major Offered in summer session
516 Summer Wild Flowers (1) Survey of common summer wild flowers (and some weeds), mcluding identification and relationship of species to habitat Not counted toward a biology major Offered in summer session
517 Summer Birds (1) Location, observation, and identification of summer birds Not counted toward a biology major Offered in summer session
520 Seminar in Cellular Biology (2) Oral and written reports on topics drawn from such areas as cellular physiology, cytology, genetics, histology, and microbiology PREREQ: per- mission of department.
528 Animal Histology (3) Structure and function of animal tissues and organs PREREQ: college biology or zoology Offered in summer session.
530 Genetic Theory (3) Structure and function of nucleic acids, genetic regulatory me- chanisms, repair mechanism, mutagenesis, natural and engineered DNA recombination. Emphasis on current literature. PREREQ: college biology, genetics, and organic chemistry. Offered in fall of 1978
539 Human Heredity (3) The innate qualities of human beings and the genetic basis for these qualities. PREREQ: general genetics or permission of instructor Offered in fall Not of- fered in 1978-79.
543 Experimental Embryology (3) A laboratory course introducing the student to experi- mental embryology PREREQ: embryology and organic chemistry or permission of instruc- tor Offered in spring of even years
547 Growth and Development (3) Discussion course dealing with current topics in the field of developmental biology PREREQ: college biology or zoology. Genetics and embryology recommended Offered in spring of odd years
549 Developmental Anatomy (3) Anatomy of human reproductive systems and fundamen- tals of human development. PREREQ: college biology or zoology Not offered in 1978-79
550 Seminar in Organismic Biology (3) Oral and written reports on topics drawn from such areas as development, morphology, physiology, systematics, and particular groups of organ- isms PREREQ: permission of department
552 Comparative Parasitology (2) Morphology and life cycles of the important parasites of man and animals: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and methods of treatment and control Two hours lecture and three hours lab PREREQ: college biology or zoology Offered in spring.
554 Mycology (3) An introductory course including a general study of the biology of fungi and a survey of the field of medical mycology PREREQ: BIO 110 plus 4 hrs. of biology. Of- fered in fall of odd years
559 Advanced Human Anatomy (3) Regional studies in the structure of man PREREQ: col- lege biology. Offered in summer 1978
560 Seminar in Molecular Biology (2) Oral and written reports on topics drawn from such
42/Biology
areas as biochemistry, biophysics, and microbiology PREREQ: permission of department.
561 Biochemistry I (3) Cherr\istry of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, and phosphorus com- pounds PREREQ: inorganic chemistry, one semester of organic chemistry Offered in fall.
562 Biochemistry II (3) Continuation of BIO 561; bioenergetics; enzymology; metabolism of carbohydrates, fats, proteins PREREQ: BIO 561 or equivalent. Offered in spring
566 Plant Physiology and Biochemistry (3) Plant-cell physiology including respiration, photosythesis, enzyme catalysis, auxims, membrane phenomena PREREQ: college botany, organic chemistry Not offered in 1978-79
567 Endocrinology (3) Anatomy and physiology of the ductless glands and th^ role of hor- mones in regulation and coordination of body processes PREREQ: college biology and or- ganic chemistry Not offered in 1978-79
570 Seminar in Populational Biology (2) Oral and written reports on topics drawn from such areas as biogeography, ecology, evolution, and natural history PREREQ: permission of department
572 Applied Ecology (3) Prmciples of ecology apphed in the practice of resource manage- ment: forestry, wildlife management, park management, and agriculture PREREQ: BIO 504 or equivalent Offered in fall of even years
575 Limnology (3) Physical, chemical, and geological features of the freshwater algae PREREQ: college botany, general ecology Offered in spring
578 Freshwater Invertebrates (3) Morphology, taxonomy, and bionomics of freshwater in- vertebrates PREREQ: college biology Not offered in 1978-79.
579 Human Ecology (3) The urban ecosystem, approached through study of the major biotic and abiotic components of a local urban community PREREQ: college biology, ecol- ogy, or permission of mstructor Offered in fall of odd years
581 Microtechnique Laboratory (2) Introduction to histological and hrstochemical tech- niques PREREQ: animal histology or permission of instructor Offered in summer of 1978.
584 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the epidemiology of both infectious and non-in- fectious diseases, including industrial and environmentally related health problems. Methods of interviewing and data collecting are also included PREREQ: BIO 104 or BIO 364. Offered in fall of odd years
585 Systematic Botany (3) Principles of taxonomy and biosystematics Selected plant fami- lies from tropical and temperate zones Each student develops proficiency in the use of modern flora and knowledge of the common species of the spring flora of Chester County PREREQ: college botany, or permission of instructor Offered in spring of odd years
587 Systematic Zoology (3) Principles and procedures governing the classification of ani- mals PREREQ college biology Offered in summer of 1978
590 Seminar in Biological Principles (2) Discussion and written reports on topics of current interest in biology PREREQ permission of instructor
591 Independent Study in Biology I (1-3) Individual research under the guidance of a facul- ty member PREREQ: permission of instructor
592 Independent Study in Biology II (1-3) Individual research under the guidance of a faculty member PREREQ permission of instructor
593 Independent Study in Biology III (1-3) Individual research under the guidance of a faculty member PREREQ permission ot instructor
600 Research Report (1-3)
610 Theses (6)
SCI 552 Philosophy of Science (see PHI 522)
See also Marine Science
Chemistry
Dr. Foery, Chairperson
Dr. Bravo, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
justo Bravo, Ph.D., University of Kansas
Marc L. Durand, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Robert F. Foery, Ph.D., University of Iowa
Robert W. Medeiros, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Francis J . Reynolds, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Phihp B. Rudnick, Ph.D., Rutgers— The State University
William Torop, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
John Mangravite, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire Ardis M. Williams, A.M., Vassar College
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Edward A'Zary, Ph.D., The University of Western Ontario Helen R. Eichelberger, Ph.D., University of New Orleans Andrew Coudy, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Virgil E. Magnuson, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire Philip Witonsky, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
The Department of Chemistry offers a program leading to the Master of Science degree in Chemistry and cooperates with the Departments of Earth Sciences and Physics in offering a program leading to the Master of Arts in Physical Science. See Physical Science Program.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
Admission Requirements
In addition to meeting the general requirements for a degree program at West Chester, applicants must present an undergraduate background including mathe- matics through calculus, one semester of analytical chemistry, and full-year courses in organic chemistry and physical chemistry.
Degree Requirements
1. Before admission to degree candidacy, each student is required to take four out of five qualifying examinations in the major areas of chemistry (inorganic, or- ganic, analytical, physical, and biochemistry). The four areas are to be selected by the student. At least three of these examinations must be passed. If necessary, they may be retaken once. The student may be required to enroll in appropriate undergraduate courses for no credit in order to prepare for a re-examination. These examinations must be passed before admission to degree candidacy, i.e., prior to the attainment of 15 graduate credits.
2. At the discretion of the department chairperson, Graduate Record Examina- tion scores may be required for purposes of evaluation and guidance
3. A reading proficiency is required in any one of the following modern lan- guages: German, French, or Russian. The reading test is administered by the De-
44/Chemistry
partment of Foreign Languages. In place of the modern-language proficiency, a demonstrated proficiency in a computer language (FORTRAN, for example) may be substituted*
4. The candidate must perform successfully on an oral examination which is re- quired for all options. The oral examination will include general chemistry knowl- edge but will place emphasis on the area represented by independent study or the research report. The members of the examination committee include the re- search supervisor, the departmental graduate coordinator, and one other pro- fessor.
PROGRAM FOR THE M.S. IN CHEMISTRY
30, 33 or 36 Semester Hours
The M.S. in chemistry program consists of a required core at 1 5 semester hours and a chemistry elective area for which there are three options. All students must complete the core, composed of CHE 511 —531 —545 and any two of the topics courses CHE 515-525-533-542-551-575).
Option A (30 semester hours)
This is the thesis program. Beyond the core the candidate takes independent studies/Thesis (CHE 610) and 9 semester hours of electives.
Option B (33 semester hours)
Beyond the core this option requires independent study in Chemistry/Research Report (CHE 590) for 6 credits and 12 semester hours of electives.
Option C (36 semester hours)
Under this plan the student completes core requirements and an elective area of 21 semester hours which must include 3 credits in library research and report (CHE 590).
Under all options the elective area is developed under advisement from chem- istry offerings but may include 3 semester hours from another science area or from mathematical sciences.* Until admitted to degree candidacy, students may not undertake independent study.
*A computer science course taken to satisfy the foreign language requirements will not be counted as an elective toward the degree
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: CHE unless otherwise shown. CHL: Laboratory
500 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques (3)Biological, chemical, environmental, and physical effects of nuclear radiation. Radiation detection, instrumentation, and radio- tracer methodology PREREQ: 1 year of college chemistry and 1 year of college physics.
501 History and Literature of Chemistry (2) Development of chemical theories, rise of the experimental method; impact of major chemical discoveries on modern man Use of pub- lished materials in chemical work. Library techniques; methods of information retrieval.
503 Chemistry of the Environment (3) The chemistry of the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere Man's impact on these areas. Not for M.S. in Chemistry,
505 Fundamental Topics in Chemistry (3) Basic-level courses for teachers who have had no courses in chemistry other than general chemistry. Not for M.S. in Chemistry
508 Industrial Pollution (3) Applications of elementary chemical engineering to the indus- trial complexities of the environmental processes. Emphasis on unit operations and unit processes applicable to pollution control and abatement
511 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3) Structure and properties of the elements and their
Chemistry/45
compounds from a theoretical point of view; horizontal, vertical, and diagonal relationships in the periodic table.
513 Principles of Geochemistry (also ESS 513) (3) Migration and distribution of the chem- ical elements within the earth; chemistry of the lithosphere, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere; chemical changes throughout earth history; the geochemical cycle
515 Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3) Topics of current interest in inorganic chemistry. Topic to be announced prior to registration
516 Inorganic Preparations (3) A laboratory course in advanced techniques for the synthe- sis of inorganic compounds
521 Advanced Analytical Chemistry (3) Analytical methods and techniques; theory and ap- plication of chemical instrumentation
525 Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) In-depth examination of current topics m instru- mental or wet chemical analysis. Special emphasis on state-of-the-art development and ap- plications
530 Organic and Biological Chemistry for Teachers (3) A survey course for teachers with no background in organic chemistry PREREQ: 1 year of college chemistry
CHL 530 Basic Experiments in Organic and Biological Chemistry (2) A one-semester labora- tory course for CHE 530 in fundamentals of organic chemistry. Basic laboratory procedures are taught and used for a number of organic syntheses.
531 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) Theoretical treatment of selected organic reactions Emphasis on bonding theory, structural relationship, equilibria, and free-energy relation- ships.
532 Synthetic Organic Chemistry (3) Topics of current interest in organic chemistry. Topic announced prior to registration.
533 Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) Topics of current interest in organic chemistry Topic announced prior to registration
535 Qualitative Organic Analysis (4) Identification of pure organic compounds and mix- tures of organic compounds using classical and modern instrumental techniques. Labora- tory included.
536 Polymer Chemistry (3) Polymerization kinetics, rheology of polymer melts, crystalliza- tion parameters, and monomer reactivity in copolymerization.
540 Advanced Physical Chemistry (3) Basic quantum chemistry, including the hydrogen- atom problem, chemical bonding, spectroscopic concepts, and group theory
541 Physical Chemistry for Teachers (3) For chemistry teachers with no background in physical chemistry. Introduction to thermodynamics, kinetics and quantum chemistry. PREREQ. integral calculus, general chemistry, general physics.
CHL 541 Basic Experimental Physical Chemistry (2) A one-semester series of experiments for CHE 541, illustrating principles of physical chemistry Atomic structure, thermody- namics, kinetics, colligative properties, molecular properties. Some apparatus design and use of standard instrumental methods
542 Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) Topics of current interest in physical chemistry Topic announced prior to registration
545 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) Laws and functions of thermodynamics and their appli- cations; introduction to statistical thermodynamics.
551 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (3) Principles of complex formation; applica- tion of the crystal theory, various complexing agents, and chemical implications of coordi- nated compounds PREREQ: CHE 511
563 Electrochemistry (3) Principles of electrochemical systems and galvanic cells; electro- lytic applications in instrumentation and research PREREQ: CHE 511
575 Topics in Biochemistry (3) Topics of current interest in biochemistry. Topic announced
46/Chemistry
prior to registration.
579 Chemical Toxicology (4) A one-semester course in the basic principles of toxicological analysis. Special emphasis will be placed on documentation, sampling, and verification of laboratory materials and results. The environmental and physiological aspects of chemical toxicity will be explored
581 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis of biological fluids. Clinical significance of enzyme, electrolyte, protein, and carbohydrate analysis Requires permission of instructor or under- graduate preparation in organic chemistry and quantitative analysis PREREQ; OR CON- CURRENT: CHE 571 (Fundamentals of Biochemistry). CONCURRENT: CHL 581.
CHL 581 Clinical Chemistry Laboratory (2) Lab for CHE 581. Practical experience in analy- sis of biological fluids for diagnostic parameters Nature of biological sampling, sample preservation, methodology, statistics, quality control PREREQ: CHL 231 and CHL 321 or equivalents.
585 Theory and Practice of Spectrophotometry (4) Lecture and laboratory course with em- phasis on research uses of spectrophotometry Theoretical background and laboratory tech- niques for understanding and carrying out advanced spectroscopic studies
590 Independent Studies in Chemistry (1-6) An original investigation in a specific area un- der a staff member
591 Seminar (1-2) Topics of current interest in chemistry. 610 Research and Thesis (6)
SCI 570 Science and Human Values (3) Not for M.S m Chemistry
Any oi^ the following dual level courses (but not more than 6 semester hours of credit) may be taken for graduate credit toward the degree:
CHE 504 Foundations of Nutrition (3) Not for MS See CHE 404 *
CHE 524 Analytical Chemistry II (2) See CHE 424 *
CHL 524 Analytical Chemistry II Laboratory (2) See CHL 424 *
CHE 571 Fundamentals of Biochemistry (3) See CHE 471 *
CHL 571 Experimental Biochemistry (2) See CHL 471 *
*See undergraduate catalog for course description.
Counselor Education
Dr. Smith, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies ' I • **
PROFESSOR
Edward D. Smith, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Ronald L. Gottshall, M.A., Michigan State University Saul H. Greenberg, J.D., University of Baltimore Wallace J. Kahn, Ph.D., University of Maryland William J. Rahn, M.Ed., Temple University Julian M. Swiren, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
The Department of Counselor Education offers two degree programs The first is a degree-certification program which leads to the Master of Education and the Educational Specialist I Certificate for elementary school counselors and secondary school counselors.
The second leads to the Master of Science degree for persons mterested in counseling in higher education.
A handbook describing both programs in greater detail is available from the counselor education office.
Admission to The Program
Applicants must possess a baccalaureate degree from an approved institution and present an undergraduate overall average of at least 2.5. They must also have achieved an average of 2.75 in at least twelve credits of guidance-related courses in areas of education, psychology, and sociology.
Additional criteria are satisfactory scores on the Miller Analogies Test and evi- dence of personal and professional qualities indicating a potential for success in the counselor education programs.
Degree Requirements
Upon meeting admission criteria, students are accepted for Competency Area I, and during this phase, are evaluated for academic achievement and interper- sonal relations
Upon successful completion of Competency Area I and departmental recom- mendations, students become degree candidates for the remainder of the pro- gram, which encompasses advanced work and field experiences Upon comple- tion of the prescribed work and advisor's recommendation, candidates must un- dertake a comprehensive examination. The degree being pursued will be granted only when the student has met the standards of the Counselor Education Depart- ment.
Certification
In order to obtain the Educational Specialist I Certificate, the student must suc- cessfully complete the required practicum in an approved secondary or ele- mentary school. This course provides opportunity for the student to work closely with a professional counselor in a public school under supervision of the director of the practicum at West Chester State College The certificate is issued on the.
48/Counselor Education
basis of the program approval status of the counselor education program at the college as granted by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL COUNSELING
36-42 Semester Hours
Competency Area I: EDC503, 567, 571, EDF502 12s.h.
Competency Area II: EDC 520, 540, 556, 572, 574 15 s.h.
Competency Area III: EDC 585, 590 6 s.h.
Complementary coursework 3-9 s.h.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOL COUNSELING
36-42 Semester Hours
Competency Area I: EDC 503, 567, 571, EDF 502 12 s.h.
Competency Area II: EDC 520,540, 556,573, 575 15 s.h.
Competency Area III: EDC 585, 591 6s. h.
Complementary coursework 3-9 s.h.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HIGHER EDUCATION COUNSELING
36-42 Semester Hours
Competency Area I: EDF 502 3 s.h.
Competency Area II: EDC 530, 531, 578, 592, 593 15 s.h. Competency Area III: PSY 505, 506, 509, 512,
529, 550 (any three courses selected
under advisement) 9 s.h.
Complementary coursework 9-1 5 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDC
503 Introduction to Guidance Services (3) Historical development, philosophical foun- dations and determinants of guidance services in contemporary elementary and secondary education Special services, testing, group and individual counseling, other elements. Guidance as a profession; ethics; current developments and trends
520 Counseling for Human Differences (3) Examination of differences manifested by indi- viduals The purpose of the examination is to prepare counselors for designmg counseling strategies appropriate to the uniqueness of the client.
530 The College Student (3) In the face of increasing demands for relevance, flexibility, and vitality in the college community, workers in higher education need to know contem- porary students. Hence this exploration of several aspects of the life and work of today's young adults
531 Introduction to Counseling in Higher Education (3) Introduction to th(> type of coun- seling services whu h are provided in higher education and to the settings in which these take place
540 Assessment Methods in Guidance (3) Emphasis is on the test and non-test assessment of intelligence, achievement, special abilities, aptitudes including concepts such as relia- bility, validity, standardization Elementary and secondary applications stressed
545 Psychometric interpretation (3) A survey course involving the use of psychometrics as the vehic Ic for the diagnosis of learning problems Test interpretation and reporting are em- phasized
Counselor Eciucation/49
556 Career Development Theories and Practices (3) Theories and techniques related to ca- reer development in children, adolescents, and adults for both elementary and secondary counselors Collection, use, and dissemination of occupational, educational, and social in- formation stressed
567 Group Dynamics (3) This course in group process focuses on the identification of the implicit and explicit role functions of the group member and the group leader. The recogni- tion and awareness of one's behavior with multiple feedback sources is of primary concern To initiate, develop, and master relationships in a group setting will be the major objective of this experience
568 The Professional Counselor in the Elementary School (3) Role, responsibilities, and practices of the contemporary elementary guidance counselor Development of the guid- ance program; relationship to curricula; position of the counselor with respect to adminis- tration, parents, children, and teachers
569 The Professional Counselor in the Secondary School (3) Role, responsibilities, and practices of the contemporary secondary guidance counselor Referral resources, parental conference techniques, relationship with administration and staff, curricula; administrative aspects of the guidance program
571 Theories of Counseling (3) The basic theories of counseling, with emphasis on his- torical and philosophical origins Historical antecedents of each theory, and evaluation of the potential of each theory as a viable approach for school counselors
572 Counseling and Consultative Techniques in the Elementary School (3) Practical application of the basic theories of counseling Application of counseling and consultative techniques in simulated settings within the elementary school framework Counselor rela- tionships with pupils, teachers, administrators, pupil personnel staff Community resources
573 Counseling and Consultative Techniques in the Secondary School (3) Practical applica- tion of the basic theories of counseling in the secondary school setting Application of coun- seling and consultative techniques in simulated secondary school settings, with emphasis on the pupil, teacher, administration, parents, staff, and community resources
574 Group Procedures in the Elementary School (3) Emphasis is on mastering the basic theories and techniques appropriate to group procedures in the elementary school Exposure to planning, implementing, and evaluating group activities
575 Group Procedures in the Secondary School (3) Mastery of theories and techniques basic to planning and implementing group activities in the secondary school Evaluation of group activities is also stressed
578 Counseling Techniques with Adults (3) A pre-practicum experience in counseling adults Application of principles and practices; preparation and techniques for group coun- seling.
585 Contemporary Issues and Trends in Guidance (3) Contemporary issues and current trends in school guidance The student evaluates basic positions and integrates them into the prospective role of a school counselor
590 Practicum in Elementary Guidance (3) Supervised practice guidance and counseling in an approved elementary school. In addition to work under the direction of a professional counselor in the school setting, the student meets on campus with the practicum supervisor for intensive seminar activities
591 Practicum in Secondary Guidance (3) Supervised practice guidance and counseling in an approved secondary school The student works under the direction of a professional counselor in the school setting, and meets on campus with the practicum supervisor for in- tensive seminar activities
592 Practicum in Higher Education Counseling I (3) Supervised counseling experiences in multiple settings within the higher education system A related on-campus seminar is in- cluded
593 Practicum in Higher Education Counseling II (3) Intensive supervised counseling expe- rience in an approved higher education setting The practicum consists of an on- and off-
50/Counselor Education
campus experience.
599 Independent Study (1-3) Independent research and study under the direction of a faculty member PREREQ: permission of department chairperson and instructor.
Criminal Justice
Dr. Seidel, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies — \ '■* "^
PROFESSORS
Thomas J. Francella, J.D., University of Baltimore
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
David E. Abrahamsen, J.D,, University of Pennsylvania (part-time)
William B. Anderson, Jr., B.A., Pennsylvania State University
John J. Humanick, ^d.D, Heed University (part-time]
Marian Macintyre, J.D., Dickinson Scfiool of Law (part-time]
Harold Metz, Ed.D., West Virginia University
Thomas A. Pitt, Jr., J.D., Villanova Scfiool of Law (part-time]
Janet C. Seidel, Ed.D., Temple University
Clayton J. Undercoffler, III., J.D., Villanova University (part-time]
the Department of Criminal Justice offers a program leading to Master's of Science in Criminal Justice with a concentration in Law Enforcement or Treat- ment of Offenders.
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Admission requirements: All candidates must meet the general requirements for admission to a degree program at West Chester State College. Applicants must present an undergraduate background in criminal justice or a relevant field or be prepared to take additional work at the undergraduate level. A resume of work experience related to criminal justice, an academic and professional recom- mendation, and a description of the anticipated goals of the student in the field are also required.
Degree Requirements:
1 . An acceptable score on the Miller Analogies Test.
2. The student must arrange for an interview with two members of the depart- ment faculty before provisional or full-degree status in the graduate program will be granted.
3. The students must apply to be admitted to candidacy after the completion of twelve to fifteen credits of required course work.
4. Each student must pass a comprehensive examination after the completion of 30 semester hours of course work. The student must file with the chairperson, a written request to take the examination no later than two weeks prior to the date of the examination. A student who fails the examination twice must ob tain approval of the chairperson to take it a third and final time.
5. Completion of all course requirements for the degree.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
36 Semester Hours
1 Core Courses 12s.h.
CRJ 505,506, 507, 508
52/Criminal Justice
2 Concentration: Area I: Law Enforcement
CRJ 511,513,515(01), PSC 544, 561 15 s h.
or Area II: Treatment of Offenders
CRJ 515(02), 520, 521, 542, 543 15s.h.
3. Electives* 9s.h.
CRJ 509, 516, 538, 539, 540, 560, 562, 563, 570, 573, 574, 575
•Electives may be selected from other disciplines with the approval of.the student's advisor
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: CRJ
505 Resolutions of Internal Personal Conflicts (3) Survey of current methods for dissolving and resolving personal conflicts: transactional analysis, transcendental meditation, others. Introduction to theory, demonstration, application
506 Management of the Criminal justice Systems (3) Advanced management theory as ap- plied to criminal justice agencies with emphasis on management functions, budget require- ments, and evaluation procedures.
507 Conflict in the Criminal Justice System (3) Conflicting views of participants in the crim- inal justice system from offense to release Analysis of the distinctive individual statements and views of victims, investigators, prosecution and defense counsel, judges, penologists, religio-psychiatric figures, convicted persons Public attitudes
508 Research Design and Analysis (also GEO 508) (3) (See CEO 508)
509 Analysis of the Ethnic Minority Offender (3) Study and evaluation of the sociopsy- chological and cultural aspects of the minority offender Special emphasis will be given to crime prevention, community values, and mores, law enforcement relationships, adjudica- tion relationships and correctional relationships. (Cheyney College)
511 Police Problems and Practices (3) Identifies and analyzes the major problems faced by law enforcement agencies in the prevention, detection, and solution of those acts defined as "criminal violations " Reviews the practices which have come into use as tools in the resolu- tion of these problems
513 Problems of the Prosecution (3) A graduate seminar designed for students who are em- ployed in the field or who are seriously interested in such work. An examination of the U.S. criminal justice system from the perspective of the office of the criminal prosecutor The creative opportunities especially afforded the prosecutor are emphasized
515 Seminar (3) Each graduate student will be expected to participate in a seminar in the area of concentration.
(01) Law Enforcement — This course will explore the issues and problems in law enforcement including regionalization, absenteeism, the affects of politics, women in law enforcement, etc
(02) Treatment of Offenders — This course will explore the issues and problems in treatment areas including recidivism, incarceration and its alternatives, types of treatment, sentencing, etc
516 Urbanization and Criminal Behavior (3) A critical examination of the modernization and urbanization processes and their relation to criminal conduct Focus on the dynamics and differential effects of these processes on ethnic and cultural groups in today's urban American society. (Cheyney College)
520 Legal Rights and Responsibilities (3) A basic introduction to an emerging f'eld of law — the rights of prisoners
521 Youth and Delinquency (also SOC 521) (3) See SOC 521
538 Crime and Justice (also SOC 538) (3) See SOC 538.
539 Deviance and Control (also SOC 539) See SOC 539.
540 Foundations of the Criminal Justice System (3) To emphasize the professionalism of.
Criminal Justice/53
the various criminal justice personnel, the philosophical and historical development from primitive periods to present, to acquaint the student with the various criminal justice sys- tems and the career opportunities by an introductory overview
542 Interviewing and Counseling the Offender (also SWO 542) (3) Techniques of counsel- ing applicable to Law Enforcement and Corrections officers Areas of study include the initial interview, interrogation, handling the informer, manipulative behavior of offenders, and exit interviews. Role playing and sociodrama are used
543 Social Rehabilitation of the Offender (also SWO 543) (3) See SWO 543
544 American Public Policy (PSC 544) (3) See PSC 544
560 Notable Criminal Cases (3) Selected factual accounts of crimmality and criminal be- havior over the past 75 years are analyzed Selection is based on significance and instruc- tional quality of the account and, while primarily devoted to the United States, cases in- clude one classic misfunction of this century Course is designed, through reading and class analysis, to illuminate a wide spectrum of specific criminal conduct and the related inves- tigative and judicial response
561 Major Case Investigation (3) The course is based on a model major case constructed for re-enactment including investigative procedures relative to victims, participants, wit- nesses, spectators, news media, law enforcement employees, and the miscellany of peripheral persons significant in a major crime. It will also cover the interview reports, pres- ervation and collection of evidence, scientific and laboratory examinations, and the varied necessary paperwork for an actual major crime It will emphasize the management skills re- quired for the field commander to insure control over the investigation Guest speakers will discuss major crimes from their personal viewpoints
562 Systematic Criminality (3) The course embraces these criminal behavior patterns re- ferred to as "consumer fraud . . . violations of trust . white collar crime organized crime . official corruption" as opposed to violent or street crime. Includes criminal con- duct in commerce, industry, banking, news media, government, and academia Discusses methods and techniques of identifying these covert acts and the collection of evidence in this pervasive problem area.
563 international Criminality (3) The course provides a cross-cultural approach to crime and criminal justice as found in selected foreign countries The material presented will be contrasted to the United States experience
570 Human Communication (3) An intensive study of communication between component parts of the criminal justice system (courts/corrections/law/enforcement/society). There will be an opportunity to learn observational skills, the implication of body language, listening techniques, and the traditional biases which have brought the various areas into conflict
573 Survey of the Correctional Field (3) The study of the federal, state, and county correc- tional systems including historical perspectives, theoretical assumptions, and major changes recommended by the National Advisory Commission and the President's Task Force. Oppor- tunities will be provided to visit institutions and agencies and participate in discussions with administrative personnel within the system.
574 Instruments in the Detection of Deception (3) A survey of polygraph development and the use from the early 1900's to the present Covers current legislation regulating polygraph use and measures for self-regulation adopted by local, state and federal agencies Illustrates proper and improper use of the polygraph through case examples Demonstrates polygraph technique in a classroom/laboratory setting Other instruments measuring voice stress are described, as are the legal problems connected with their use
575 Official Corruption (3) The course analyzes the usually non-violent criminal conduct variously described as white collar crime, official corruption, systematic crime, or violations of trust, that is characterized by calculation, deceit, and personal enrichment The influence of organized crime is explored. Examples from industry and government (including the criminal justice system) are included
Earth Sciences
Mr. Casciato, Chairperson
Dr. Creenberg, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Seymour S. Creenberg, Ph.D., Indiana University George F. Reed, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania Russell K. Rickert, Ed.D., New York University Paul R. Widick, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Louis A. Casciato, M.S., Villanova University
John E. Ehleiter, M.A., Wesleyan University
Hubert E. Harber, M.A.T., Brown University
Allen H. Johnson, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
The Department of Earth Sciences, in cooperation with the Departments of Chemistry and Physics, offers a program leading to the Master of Arts degree in physical science. See Physical Science Program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: ESS
501 Earth Sciences in the Secondary School (3) Recent curricula, teaching materials, and techniques for the secondary school
505 Geology of the Solar System (3) The geology, origin, and properties of planets, comets, asteriods, moons, and meteorites PREREQ: one introductory course in astronomy and one in geology
510 Principles of Physical Geology (3) Composition of the earth (minerals and rocks) and earth processes (weathering, erosion, metamorphism, volcanism, diastrophism)
511 Geophysics (3) Methods and techniques of physics applied to interpreting the internal structure and composition of the earth PREREQ: physical geology
512 Historical Geology (3) Geologic history of the earth and the evidence for this history. Examination of fossils and geologic maps
513 Principles of Geochemistry (also CHE 513) (3) Migration and distribution of the chemi- cal elements within the earth; chemistry of the lithosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere; chemical changes throughout earth history; the geochemical cycle
514 Mineralogy (3) Properties, identification, occurrence, and crystallography of the more important minerals Fundamentals of mineral composition and structure
515 Petrology (3) Origin, classification, and identification of rocks Field and hand speci- men examination
516 Structural Geology (3) Sequential development of the structural features ot the earth, the forces involved PREREQ physical and historical geology
517 Stratigraphy (3) Development of the relative geologic time scale, physical, chemical, and biologic environments at the time of the formation of stratified rock PRFRf Q ()hvsical and historical geology
518 Sedimentation (3) Sedimentary rocks classification, erosion, transportation, and dep- osition of stratified rock, paleo-environmental interpretations PREREQ physical and his- torical geology
Earth Sciences/55
519 Field Geology (1-3) Practical experience in techniques and tools of the field geologist. PREREQ: an introductory geology course.
520 Geology of the National Parks (4) The study of selected geologic areas by means of ob- serving the exposed geology in a number of national parks located in the region On succes- sive years different areas will be studied Prerequisites. Physical Geology, Historical Geol- ogy and approval of instructor. Offered in summer only.
521 Geology in the Elementary School (3) Primarily for elementary school teachers Funda- mental principles for the origin, classification, and identification of rocks, minerals, and fos- sils.
523 General Geologic Field Studies of Southeastern Pennsylvania (3) Occurrence, relation- ships, and geologic history of the rocks, minerals, and soils of this area, studied at repre- sentative locations.
524 History of Geology (1) Outstanding individuals and their contributions to geology
525 Glacial Geology (1) Causes, regimen, distribution, and effects of glaciers
526 Geology of Petroleum (1-3) Origin, reservoir conditions, migration, accumulation, and geographic and geologic distribution of petroleum
530 Principles of Oceanography (3) Geology of the ocean floor, water movements, chemi- cal characteristics of sea water, vertical and horizontal distribution of plants and animals. Brief history of oceanography
533 Introduction to Fossils (3) Identification and study of common fossils in order to under- stand their life processes and geologic significance
540 Introduction to Meteorology (3) Composition and properties of the atmosphere and principles that influence weather conditions
550 General Astronomy (3) Motions of bodies in the solar system; astronomical coordi- nates; measurement of time; use of telescopes
551 Stellar Astronomy (3) Properties of stars; unusual stars, interstellar matter, and stellar evolution; distribution and motions of the home and other galaxies PREREQ: any general descriptive astronomy course.
552 Space Science (3) Topics from astronomy and related sciences including problems and results of exploring the universe beyond earth's atmosphere
556 Workshop in Aerospace Science (3) Activities and materials adaptable to elementary school instruction m aeronautics, astronomy, meteorology, rocketry, and space biology
571 Astronomy in the Elementary School (3) Basic concepts in astronomy and their appli- cation to the elementary-school program Taught in the planetarium
580 Astronomy in England (3) The development of astronomical theories and equipment in England from prehistoric times until 20th Century. PREREQ: An introductory course in as- tronomy Permission of instructor Offered only in summer
581 Geology of England (3) The major rocks, minerals and fossils of England and how they are used in the development of geologic principles PREREQ: An introductory course in geol- ogy. Permission of instructor Offered only in summer
591 Independent Study (1-3) An investigation by a student PREREQ permission of depart- ment
650 Institute of Planetarium Education (1-3) Fundamental concepts that can be taught in a planetarium; planetarium teaching methods, operation, use, and maintenance of the plane- tarium Summers only
SC I 522 Philosophy of Science (see PH I 522)
Any of the following dual-level courses (but not more than 6 semester hours of credit) may be taken for graduate credit toward the degree:
56/Earth Sciences
ESS 555 Intermediate Astronomy ESS 565 Observatory Principles ESS 576 Teaching in the Planetarium
See also Marine Science
See also Science Education
ESS 590 Fundamentals of Soils (all are 3-credit courses)
Economics
Mr. Hassler, Chairperson — 5^
PROFESSORS
Eugene W. Schooler, Ph.D., Harvard University Patrick J . M. Sylvester, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Joseph M. Thorson, Ph.D., Indiana University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Phillip DeMoss, Ph.D., Kansas State University
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Tahany Naggar, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
The Department of Business and Economics has no master's degree program but offers the following courses. They are particularly appropriate for the M.A. in social science, an interdisciplinary program given within the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: ECO
530 Economics and Public Policy (3) The principles and methods of economic analysis are applied to an evaluation of the American economic system Inflation, recession, and eco- nomic growth; problems of public finance and taxation; public policy regarding the concen- tration of economic power
531 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Essential economic features of economic systems, including capitalism, socialism, communism, and fascism
532 History of Economic Thought (3) The growth and development of contemporary eco- nomic thought from Plato to the present, with emphasis on the mercantilist, classical, mar- ginalist, and Keynesian schools
535 The Soviet Economic Community (3) Analysis of economic relationships within the So- viet Bloc; communist economic activities abroad PREREQ: ECO 232 or permission of instructor.
Educational Research
Dr. Peters, Program Coordinator ^
PROFESSORS
Martin J. Higgins, Ph.D., University of Maryland Ernest L. Peters, Ed.D., University of Denver
The School of Education, in cooperation with the Bureau of Research and Re- lated Services, offers a degree program leading to the Master of Science in Educational Research. Designed primarily for those desiring research positions in local school districts, the degree is also appropriate for research positions in col- leges and universities, community colleges, governmental agencies, regional educational laboratories, and industry.
Admission to Degree Program
The applicant will be admitted to the program on the basis of:
1. A minimum over-all average of 2.50 in undergraduate studies and 2 75 in the major field.
2. Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test.
3. Personal interview with the coordinator of the program.
Any candidate admitted to graduate study, but not to the degree program in educational research, may take RES courses with permission of the coordinator. There is no guarantee that courses taken by a non-degree student may later satisfy degree requirements for the M.S. in Educational Research.
Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy
Upon completion of 10 semester hours, which must include PSY 501 — Intro- ductory Statistics for the Behavioral Science and EDF 500 — Methods and Ma- terials of Research in Education, the candidates will be advanced to degree can- didacy provided they have maintained a minimum average of 3 00 and passed a qualifying examination.
The Internship
After mastery of the tool courses (PSY 501, EDF 500, PSY 502, and RES 520), students will serve an internship with an outside agency, or in the Bureau of Re- search, conducting educational research During this period they will utilize the skills they have developed to design and conduct a research project under the joint supervision of college and/or host institution personnel.
The Comprehensive Examination
To be eligible for the comprehensive examination the candidate must:
1. Have completed at least 28 semester hours and all tool courses prior to the semester in which the examination is taken.
2. Have maintained an overall average of at least 3 00
Candidates must indicate by letter their intention to take the examination The
Educational Re$earch/59
coordinator should receive this letter within the first 10 days of the semester in which the candidate desires the examination.
Candidates who fail the comprehensive examination are permitted one re- examination after an interval of at least one year but not more than two years
Requirements for the Degree
1 . Satisfactory completion of the curriculum outlined below.
2. An overall average of 3.00 in graduate courses taken in the degree program.
3. Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examination.
4. Completion of research report or master's thesis approved by the coordinator.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH
(34 Semester Hours)
Required Courses:
Introductory Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (PSY 501), Methods and Ma- terials of Research of Education (EDF 500), Advanced Statistics for the Be- havioral Sciences (PSY 502), Research Design (RES 520), Assessment Methods in Guidance (EDC 540), Introduction to Computers (CSC 501), The Emerging Cur- riculum (EDF 503), Education Foundations (EDF 510), Federal and State Role in Education (EDF 515), Advanced Educational Psychology (EDP 550), Internship Program in Education (RES 592) — 28 semester hours.
Research Project:
Research Report (RES 600) or Thesis (RES 610) 2-3 semester hours.
Electives:
3-4 semester hours to be chosen under advisement from the offerings of any de- partment, with the approval of the department concerned and of the co- ordinator.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: RES
520 Research Design (2) Principles for efficient design of experiments and other types of observational programs Sampling techniques, methods of analysis, threats to valid mfer- ence PREREQ: PSY 501
530 Seminar in Non-Parametric Statistics (1) Selection and use of non-parametric tests for significance Appropriate non-parametric tests for specific research designs are studied One sample design and designs of two or more samples both independent and related are dis- cussed PREREQ PSY 501
590 Independent Study in Educational Research (1-3) Research project, reports, readings m educational research PREREQ: coordinators approval
592 Internship Program in Educational Research (2) Opportunity for prospective ed- ucational researchers to design, conduct, and analyze a study and to prepare a report of the research The internship is served in local educational agencies, county offices, federal project centers, the Pennsylvania Department of Education, or other research environments The intern is supervised by both host and college personnel
650 Research Report (2)
610 Thesis (3)
Elementary Education
Dr. Holman, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Charlotte E. King, Ed.D., Temple University Carrie C. Kulp, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College ErminioJ. Peta, Ed.D, Lehigh University Carlos R. Ziegler, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Nona E. Chern, M.S., University of Pennsylvania James E. Habecker, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania Robert W. Herres, M.A., Syracuse University E. Riley Holman, Ed.D., Brigham Young University George W. Maxim, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Carol A. Radich, Ph.D., University of Maryland
The department offers the Master of Education degree in elementary education, as well as non-degree programs for teachers working for professional growth.
Miller Analogies Test
Applicants for the master's degree program are required to take the Miller Analo- gies Test and submit scores with their initial application for admission. The appli- cation procedure will not be completed until the scores have been received.
Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy
1. Within the pre-candidacy period (the first 15 semester hours) the applicant must complete EDF 501 and two EDE courses.
2. Within the pre-candidacy period the applicant must maintain an average of 2.75 overall and 3.00 in elementary education.
3. Within the pre-candidacy period, the applicant must provide evidence of having Pennsylvania Instructional I Certification.
Students who fail to qualify as degree candidates are classified as non-degree students. (See "Reapplication for Degree Candidacy " under Academic Informa- tion.)
The Comprehensive Education
In order to become eligible for the examination the student must:
1. Be a degree candidate.
2. Complete at least 28 semester hours including all required courses by the end of the semester preceding the examination.
3. Maintain an average of 2 75 overall and 3 00 in elementary education
Applications for admission to the comprehensive examination are available from the Department and must be filed by December 1 for the February examina- tion and May 1 for the July examination
A candidate who fails the first comprehensive examination is permitted to take one re-examination within a two-year period. Upon a second failure the candi-
Elementary Eclucation/61
date's future status will be determined by the departmental graduate committee following a comprehensive review of his/her graduate record.
Dates for The Comprehensive Examination
The examination is given on the first Saturday in February and the second Satur- day in July.
Requirements for The Degree
1. Satisfactory completion of the curriculum as given below. Both the selection and the sequence of courses should be determined in consultation with the ap- pointed advisor.
2. An overall grade point average of at least 2.75 and a grade point average of at least 3.00 in elementary education. NOTE: All courses specific to elementary education are included in computing the grade point average in elementary education. Examples of such courses are LIT 550 and MAT 555.
3. Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examination.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
This may be either a non-thesis program requiring 34 semester hours or a thesis program requiring 30 semester hours.
In either option the candidate must meet a professional education require- ment including EDF 501, EDF 510, and EDP 550. Also required in either option is an elementary education area consisting of EDE 548, 549, 553, and an elective in either reading or elementary education
Within the first session of enrollment the student confers with the assigned ad- visor to determine an appropriate and desirable area of concentration. The re- mainder of the program will be developed within the selected concentration. The choice of concentrations may be made from (A) areas offered by the Elementary Education Department or (B) areas offered by other departments. These are:
(A) Elementary Education Concentration Areas
Creative Teaching-Learning Language Arts
Early Childhood Education Open Education
Elementary Education (General) Social Studies Human Development
(B) Concentration Areas in Other Departments
Bilingual Education Reading
Children's Literature Science
Mathematics Special Education
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDE
NOTE: EDE 501 Introduction to Graduate Study in Elementary Education and EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research have been combined in EDF 501 Methods and Materials of Research and Study for Elementary Education Majors, which is required of all degree stu- dents in elementary education beginning in 1975. See Department of Secondary Education and Professional Studies for course description of EDF 501.
502 Introduction to Early Childhood Education (3) A basic course dealing with learning
62/Elementary Education
conditions which affect a young child in the early years Historical and theoretical bases considered.
503 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education (3) Investigations into current philosophy and empirical research related to the educational needs of young children.
504 Early Childhood Education Programs (3) Examination of recent program developments in the area of preschool-primary education
505 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3) Selected problems in early childhood educa- tion PREREQ; permission of instructor
522 Teaching the Communication Skills (3) Exploration of creative methods of teaching oral and written expression
530 Social Studies in Elementary Education (3) Strategies for developing concepts, skills, and values in the social-studies program Emphasis on making social studies more meaning- ful
532 Curriculum and Research in Social Studies (3) Examination of recent research in ele- mentary social studies with emphasis on the theoretical bases for making curriculum deci- sions PREREQ: permission of instructor
533 Seminar in Elementary Social Studies Education (3) Selected problems in elementary social studies: PREREQ: permission of instructor
543 Creative Expression in the Elementary School (3) Theories and techniques to promote creative thinking and enhance children's creative potential in all areas of the school curricu- lum
544 Open Education in the Elementary School (3) Emphasis on how learning occurs in open education Planning environments and programs for children
548 Curriculum Theory and Trends in Elementary Education (3) Evaluation of various theoretical framework of curriculum and trends in subject fields of elementary education. To be taken after 1 S hours of work
549 Theory and Trends in the Language Arts (3) Analysis and evaluation of language-arts programs including reading in the modern elementary school PREREQ: EDE .'S48
551 Child Development and Behavior I (3) Social, intellectual, emotional, physical, and moral aspects of child development and behavior Emphasis on personal development of the teacher as a prerequisite to understanding children in the elementary school
553 Child Development and Behavior 11 (3) Review of principles of growth and develop- ment Theories of personality development; clues to identifying children with problems; therapies applicable to elementary-school children Case study required PREREQ: a recent course in child development
554 The Child's Self Concept (3) Self-concept theory and its implications for child develop- ment, learning, and behavior; specific application to work with the elementary school child PREREQ course work in elementary education and child development
555 Self-Processes of the Facilitator (3) Self-processes and other factors influencing inter- action with students via exploration of feelings Classroom approach that develops behavior in which feelings are expressed in a facilitating manner PREREQ: EDE 55.3
556 Seminar in Human Development (3) Critical issues in human development PREREQ: permission of instrLirtor
560 Meeting Individual Needs of Children (3) Discovering each c hild s needs; providing for individualized learning, identifying problems and their solutions PRERFQ course work in elementary education and child development
561 Guidance in the Elementary School (3) Developmental guidance — philosophy, pro- grams, personnel GLiidance role and responsibilities of the teacher in the classroom PRE- REQ: course work in elementary education and c hild development
565 Effective Classroom Management (3) [dynamics of interpersonal relation^ in planning and facilitating classroom instruction
Elementary Education/63
570 Supervision in the Elementary School (3) Concepts and practices in supervision of teachers, student teachers, and aides PREREQ: course work in elementary education and child development
580-589 Workshops in Elementary Education (2-6) Additional course numbers will be as- signed as new areas of study are announced Credits vary The series presently includes:
580 Workshop in Elementary Education
581 Workshop in Open Education (Elementary)
582 Workshop in Social Studies
583 Workshop in Creativity
584 Workshop in Early Childhood Education
585 Workshop in Language Arts
586 Workshop in Curriculum: Diagnosis, Prescription and Evaluation
590 Independent Study (1-3) Enrollment by permission only; number of credits determined by instructor
600 Research Report (1-2)
610 Thesis (4-6)
695 Seminar in Elementary Education (3) Selected topics in elementary education To be taken during semester preceding the taking of the comprehensive examination in elemen- tary education.
English
Dr. McKenty, Chairperson
Dr. Brooks, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Dorothy D. Bailey, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Thomas E. Berry, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Michael W. Brooks, Ph.D., University of Toronto
Joseph Falgie, Jr., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John P. Field, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Paul D. Green, Ph.D., Harvard University
J. Bernard Haviland, Ph.D., Dublin University
William H. Henry, Jr., Ph.D., Temple University
John P. Kent, Ph.D., University of Illinois
Alice B. Markow, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Lynette F. McCrath, Ph.D., University of Illinois
David E. McKenty, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Kostas Myrsiades, Ph.D., Indiana University
Bernard S. Oldsey, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
S. Keith Taylor, Ed.D., Temple University
John W. Ward, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Robert H. Weiss, Ph.D., Temple University
Theodora Lee West, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Elsie B. Ziegler, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Joseph B. Browne, M.A., University of Pennsylvania William H. Fordyce, Ph.D., Harvard University John L. Gaunt, Ph.D., University of Maryland John T. Kelly, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma Dwight L. McCawley, Ph.D., University of Illinois Willie E. Page, Jr., M.A., Florida State University John Ward, Ph.D., University of Delaware
The Department of English offers two degree programs: the Master of Arts in English and, in cooperation with the School of Education, the Master of Educa- tion in English. The Master of Arts permits the student to attain any of a number of goals. It may further scholarship in literature, language, and writing; prepare for study toward the Ph.D.; or provide a foundation for teaching in schools, com- munity colleges, and junior colleges. The Master of Education is designed primarily to enhance the professional careers of English teachers. The Depart- ment of English also participates in an inter-disciplinary program leading to the Master of Arts in Teaching English as a Second Language. (See Teaching English as a Second Language.)
In addition, the Department of English encourages students to take courses for professional growth and offers assistance and courses for students wishing to ac- quire certification in English.
English/65
ADMISSION TO DEGREE PROGRAMS
The applicant must (1) meet the general requirements for admission to degree study at West Chester State College (See appropriate pages at the beginning of the Graduate Studies Bulletin), (2) submit results of the Aptitude Test (Morning Test) of the Graduate Record Examination, if deemed necessary, (3) satisfy de- partmental requirements for admission, and (4) take any additional undergrad- uate and/or graduate course work deemed necessary.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH
30 Semester Hours
REQUIREDCOURSES 3s. h.
ENG 500 (to be taken before the completion of 12 semester hours of graduate credit)
ELECTIVES 27s. h.
Selected under advisement from courses in English and approved related fields (e. g., history, linguistics). At least 21 semester hours must be in English courses.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ENGLISH
34 Semester Hours
REQUIREDCOURSES 6s. h.
ENG 500 (to be taken before the completion of 12 semester hours of graduate credit) and ENG 591
ELECTIVES 18sh.
Selected under advisement from courses in English and approved related fields (e. g., linguistics, reading). At least 12 semester hours must be in English courses.
COURSES IN EDUCATION 10s. h.
At least 10 semester hours of course work must be taken in education. See School of Education, page 130.
For either degree, the student must pass a written comprehensive examination, offered on the second Wednesday of October, April, and July. Those who fail the examination twice must obtain the approval of the Department of English to take it a third and final time.
For more information concerning graduate work in English, see the Handbook for Graduate English Students, obtainable from the coordinator of graduate studies in English.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: ENG
GENERAL TOPICS (500-514)
500 Methods and Materials of Research (3) Basic techniques and procedures in research The major types of research and the methods of locating, evaluating, and interpreting evi- dence. Includes the preparation of a research outline and paper.
501 Applied Literary Criticism (3) Study of various methods of literary analysis, with em- phasis on the application of these methods in response to specific works of literature chosen from the principal genres of poetry, fiction, and drama
502 History of Criticism (3) An historical study of literary criticism and aesthetic theory.
66/Engli$h
from Aristotle to the present
507 Literature Seminar (3) Topics announced annually
508 Writing Seminar (3) Discussion and development of major projects underway.
509 Writing Seminar in the Novel I (3) A course in the writing and preparing of booklength manuscripts (novel, novella, "non-fictional" novel) with the intention of submission for pub- lication Also includes coverage of fictional aspects and techniques used in writing memoirs, biography, current history
510 Writing Seminar in the Novel II (3) A continuation of ENG 509 ENGLISH LITERATURE (515-544)
517 Beowulf (3) An analysis of the entire poem in Old English Emphasis on the artistic, lin- guistic, and historic values PREREQ: ENG 584 or the equivalent
518 Chaucer (3) A study of the Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde.
519 16th-century Poetry and Prose (3) A survey of the major poetry and prose written in England during the Tudor period: Skelton to Shakespeare.
520 Spenser and Milton (3) The major works of Spenser and Milton studied in relation to the intellectual climate of the Renaissance. Emphasis on the Faerie Queene and Paradise Lost.
521 Major Renaissance Writers (3) A study in depth of major figures of the Renaissance Intellectual background and literary influences
522 English Drama to 1642 (3) A survey of English Drama (exclusive of Shakespeare) from its medieval beginnings to the closing of the theatres in 1642
525 Shakespeare's Tragedies and Histories (3) Histories and tragedies read with analysis of dramatic and poetical effects
526 Shakespeare's Comedies and Poems (3) The comedies analyzed The poems read in relation to Shakespeare's developing, dramatic and poetic power
527 17th-century Poetry and Prose (3) A study in depth of the major 17th-century English poets and prose writers from Donne to Milton
529 18th-century Poetry and Prose (3) A study of the literature of the era, with emphasis on the cultural context, aesthetic theory, and the evolution of poetic techniques
530 Restoration and ISth-Century Drama (3) Critical history of British drama from the re- opening of the theaters to Sheridan Major playwrights and study of theater history
531 18th-century British Novel (3) A study of the rise of the novel and its development in the 18th Century Major novelists treated Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne
533 Romantic Poetry and Prose (3) The poetry and prose of the early 19th century with em- phasis upon the five major poets (Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats) and three major essayists (l amb, Ha/litt, De Quincey)
534 Victorian Poetry and Prose (3) A study of Victorian poetry and prose (exclusive of the novel) to 1870 Tennyson, Browning, Ruskin, Arnold, Carlyle, Newman, Darwin, Swinburne
535 Late Victorian and Edwardian Literature (3) A study of the Victorian poetry and prose (exclusive of the novel) of the late 19th Century: Hopkins, Pater, Morris, Wilde, Shaw, Hardy
536 19th-century British Novel (3) Development of techniques m the British novel from Scott to Hardy
537 Modern British Novel (3) A study of the British novel from 1914 to the present
538 Modern British Poetry (3) The course will provide both historical and critical informa- tion about the period covered, and investigate, in considerable detail, the chief works of sev- eral important poets — Auden, Eliot, Hardy, Hopkins, and Yeats, for example
539 Major 20th-century Irish Writers (3) A comprehensive study of signitic ant Irish writers of the 20th century Yeats, )oyce, OCasey, Synge, O Connor. O F.iolain
Engiish/67
540 Joyce and Beckett (3) Detailed critical analysis of Joyce's Dubliners, A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, Exiles, and Ulysses; Beckett's drama and novels
541 20th-century Drama (3) Principal British and American playwrights from Shaw to Pinter and Albee.
544 Seminar in English Literature (3) Topic announced when offered
AMERICAN LITERATURE (545-564)
547 American Literary Movements (3) Major movements in the development of American literature Influence of leading writers on literary concepts, trends, and critical dicta: Topics to be announced.
548 Hawthorne and Melville (3) A study of their works and representative literary criticism.
551 Hemingway and Faulkner (3) The works of Hemingway and Faulkner and the literary relationship of these works
557 Major 20th-century American Poets (3) A close study of several major modern American poets.
558 20th-century American Writers (3) Major writers and literary movements from 1900 to the present: Topics to be announced
5(&2 Modern Afro-American Literature (3) An intensive study in themes and trends in mod- ern Afro-American literature
564 Seminar in American Literature (3) Topic announced when offered. COMPARATIVE LITERATURE (565-574)
565 Comparative Literature (3) Studies in international literary and cultural relations; the characteristics and relations of universal literary types, themes, and genres: Topics to be an- nounced
566 Comparative Literature: The Greek Myths (3) The function and purpose of the Creek myths and their treatment m Western literature
570 British and Continental Short Story (3) The short-story form; its origin and develop- ment Current trends Influences of Cerman, French, and Russian Writers upon the British form
571 Biography (3) Survey of biographical writings from Plutarch to the present Origins and trends.
LANGUAGE (575-589)
575 Structure of Modern English (3) A detailed analysis of the modern descriptive ap- proach to the study of English grammar and how it compares with the traditional approach
576 English as a Second Language (3) Implications of the nature of language in teaching English to speakers of other languages Methods and materials for teaching English as a sec- ond language PREREQ: LIN 501 or permission of instructor
577 History of the English Language (3) Review of the major influences on the develop- ment of the English language PREREQ LIN 501 or LIN 503
578 Modern English (3) A study of the development of the English language from 1450 to the present (exclusive of American English)
579 Studies in American English (3) Historical processes in the development of American and British English Regional and social dialects of American English Usage and sociolin- guistics
580 English Language Workshop (1-4) Workshop to survey recent developments and newer concepts in English linguistics for teachers Variable structure and credit, by arrangement with individual school districts
584 Old English Language and Literature (3) An introductory study of the language through a reading of selected religious and secular poetry and prose
68/Engli$h
585 Middle English Language and Literature (3) An introductory study of the language (11 50-1450) through a reading of selected texts (exclusive of Chaucer)
590 independent Study (1-3) Research projects, reports, specialized readings PREREQ: approval of instructor and coordinator of graduate studies in English
TEACHING SKILLS (591-599)
591 Modern Techniques for the Teaching of English (3) Techniques of teaching language arts, composition, and literature in the secondary school. Practice in planning and designing units and courses of study Exploration into the latest research in teaching English
592 Literature for the Elementary School (3) The content and approach of the literature program in the elementary school
593 Literature for the Secondary School (3) An examination of the literary interests of the secondary school student A discussion of the works of major writers who appeal to the teen- age student.
599 Workshop in English (1) Each workshop will focus on specific issues and problems in the teaching of English and will introduce appropriate instructional materials and tech- niques.
Ethnic Studies
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Symbol: SSC
580 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) This workshop considers the history, traditions, cus- toms, and contributions to American life of many ethnic groups. The lectures and special programs are designed to increase the students' knowledge of the multicultural nature of American society today. Projects, specifically tailored to the students' individual needs, are directed by a faculty member of the Ethnic Studies Institute of West Chester State College
(Contact the Director of Ethnic Studies, Room 206, Sykes, for other ethnic- oriented courses.)
Foreign Languages
Mr. Gougher, Chairperson
Dr. Roberts, Assistant Chairperson
Dr. Lombardi, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
FRENCH
PROFESSORS
Madelyn Gutwirth, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Alfred D. Roberts, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Marianne H. Kulaski, MA., Villanova University; Certificate d'etudes francaises. University of Geneva
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Robert Greene, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
GERMAN
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Ronald L. Gougher, M.A., Lehigh University
Richard A. Schneider, M.A., University of Heidelberg; Diploma, University of Bar- celona
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Ralph A. Eisenstadt, M.A., University of Illinois
LATIN
PROFESSOR
Waiter E. Frieman, Jr., Th D , Philadelphia Divinity School
SPANISH
PROFESSOR
Ronald P. Lombardi, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Jorge Escorcia, MA., Boston University
LANGUAGE AND LINGUISTICS
PROFESSOR
Philip D. Smith, Jr., Ph.D., Ohio State University
The Department of Foreign Languages offers two degree programs, one leading to the Master of Education in French, Spanish, German, or Latin, and the other to the Master of Arts in French or Spanish
The department also cooperates m the offering of an mterdisciplinary program leading to the Master of Arts degree in Teaching English as a Second Language. (See Teaching English as a Second Language.)
Foreign Languages/71
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN
FRENCH, SPANISH, GERMAN, OR LATIN
34 Semester Hours
The M.Ed., program requires Methods and Materials of Research in Second Lan- guage Education (LAN 500), Techniques of Second Language Teaching (LAN 503), and 18 semester hours in the area of concentration. The concentration may be designed to the student's particular interests and needs; but in French or Spanish, it must include one course each from Croups A, B, C, and D. In German the 18 hour concentration is developed from Groups A, B, and C under advisement. In Latin the 18-hour concentration is developed from Groups A and B under advise- ment. Majors in any of the langages may also elect from "Courses Common to all Languages" (see below) for the concentration.
At least 10 semester hours of course work in education are required. See page 000 in School of Education.
COURSES COMMON TO ALL LANGUAGES
Introduction to Linguistics (LIN 501) and courses LAN 502 through LAN 600. (See Offerings in Foreign Languages)
FRENCH LATIN
Group A Group A
FRE 511-512-513-514-515-516 LAT 503-511-512-514
Group B Group B
FRE 520-521-522-523-524-525 LAT 513, 515, 520 through 531, and
Group C 535,536
FRE 530-531-532-533-534 SPANISH
'^'""P'^ Group A
FRE 540-541-542-543-544 SP^ 510-511-512-514
GERMAN Group B
Group A SPA 520-521-522-523-524-525
GER 512-514-515 Group C
Group B SPA 530-532-533-534
GER 520-526-532-533-534-535 Group D
Group C SPA 540-542-543-544-545 GER 543-544-545
MASTER OF ARTS IN FRENCH OR SPANISH
(30 Semester Hours)
The MA. programs in French or Spanish provide for either a thesis or non-thesis option. Both require 21 semester hours in the language as follows: FRE or SPA 511 and 6 hours from Groups B, C, and D above. The thesis program includes LAN 610 and an additional elective 3 hours in the concentration. The non-thesis option allows 9 semester hours of electives in the area of concentration.
Electives for both options may also be from "Courses Common to All Lan- guages." (See above.) For the M.A. program LAN 550 is strongly recommended.
The candidate for the MA. degree must pass a reading examination in a sec- ond foreign language or must have taken and passed at least one graduate-level course in a second foreign language.
72/Foreign Languages
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COURSES COMMON TO ALL LANGUAGES
Symbol: LAN
500 Methods and Materials of Research in Second Language Education (3) Techniques of research in foreign language education including sources, design, interpretation, evaluation, and reporting of data
502 Second Languages in the Elementary School (3) Problems m teaching second languages in the elementary school. Curriculum design, bilingual education, classroom techniques, articulation, materials, testing. Preferably, LIN 501 or equivalent should precede LAN 502.
503 Techniques of Second Language Teaching (3) Advanced course in recent theoretical bases; methods for teaching beginning and advanced levels; curriculum design and evalua- tion. PREREQ: LIN 501 or equivalent
504 Use of Media in Language Teaching (3) Role of media in language instruction including the tape recorder, language laboratory, television, and the computer.
505 Introduction to Bilingual/Bicultural Education (3) Introduction to history, philosophy, current status, and future directions of Bilingual/Bicultural Education Survey of materials, tests, techniques, instructional processes and instructional patterns. Over-view of testing, placement, and pupil evaluation.
511 Roman Civilization (3) Roman civilization and its influences on Europe.
550 Seminar in Methods and Materials of Research in Language and Literature (3) The prin- cipal tools of research in the field of foreign languages and literature. Methods of conduct- ing and reporting research, emphasizing correctness of form and mechanics of scholarly writing.
560 Directed Studies (3) To provide an opportunity for students to pursue areas of study not regularly provided by the department. Focus of course to be announced when offered.
580 Seminar in Second Language Education (1-4) Specialized workshop seminar devoted to a particular area of foreign language education
585 Institute in Second Language Education (4-8) In-depth study of a particular area of for- eign language education
590 Independent Study (1-3)
600 Research Report (1-2)
610 Thesis (6)
See also Linguistics (LIN)
FRENCH
Symbol: FRE
511 Romance Philology (French) (3) Historical development of French phonology and morphology from their beginnings to the present. Old French dialects.
512 Explication de Textes (3)'This French technique of textual and stylistic analysis is studied and practiced
513 Phonetics (3) Mastery of pronunciation and intonation of the French language through use of the phonetic alphabet Laboratory drill with recordings of leading phoneticians
514 Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3) A conceptual approach to French grammar Prin- ciples of French grammar and syntax; evaluation of recent changes in grammar and usage.
515 French Civilization (3) French civilization as reflected in its art, music, philosophy, and socio-political structure
516 Exercises de Style (3) A study of French literary styles and the language of French lit- erary criticism
Foreign Languages/73
520 Rabelais (3) Rabelais: Critical studies of his life and works.
521 Moliere (3) The plays of Moliere; his life and times. History of comedy in France
522 Voltaire (3) Major works of Voltaire. Analytical scrutiny of his philosophical views. The impact of Voltaire on the character of Western civilization.
523 Rousseau (3) The works of Rousseau; their philosophical implications and stylistic character Analysis of the important critical writings on Rousseau
524 Balzac (3) The works of Balzac and a review of Balzacian criticism.
525 Proust (3) Reading and analysis of A la recherche du temps perdu. Survey of Proustian criticism; Proust the man His place in the history of the novel
530 French Classical Tragedy (3) The tragedies of Corneille and Racine; the history of trage- dy in France.
531 The French Novel (Through the 19th Century) (3) History of the novel in France The works of the major French novelists of the 19th century: Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, Zola.
532 The 20th Century French Novel (3) The French novel in the 20th century and the philo- sophical, social, and aesthetic doctrines which helped to shape this literary form
533 French Lyric Poetry (3) Evolution of French lyric poetry, with stress on the 19th cen- tury. Forms, techniques, rules of French versification.
534 The Contemporary French Theater (3) Principal dramatic works of the 20th century, analyzed against the history of the theater in France
540 Medieval French Literature (3) Selected literary masterpieces, representing the various medieval genres: lyric poetry, epic, romance, allegory, fabliaux, prose chronicle, and drama.
541 French Literature of the Renaissance (3) Evolution of literary doctrine in the French Renaissance. Influence of various philosophical and aesthetic currents such as Platonism and Petrarchism.
542 Studies in the 17th Century (3) Selected writers and their works Development of lit- erary and aesthetic doctrines of the classical period
543 Studies in the 18th Century (3) Selected masterpieces of the 18th century. Evolution of social and political ideas as reflected in the literary activity of the period.
544 Studies of the 19th Century (3) Selected writers of the 19th century of France An exam- ination of the literary doctrines which evolved through the century.
GERMAN
Symbol: CER
513 Phonetics (3) The sounds, forms, and structure of modern standard German, using re- corded materials and selected texts.
514 Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3) Stylistic qualities of modern German, analyzed in selected texts. Oral and written drill.
515 German Civilization (3) Social structure of Germany; evolution of its institutions; Ger- man achievements in the arts
520 Age of Goethe (3) Goethe's works, as well as those of his contemporaries. Critical works dealing with his life and writings.
526 Kafka (3) The works of Kafka; criticism dealing with his life and writings.
532 The Novelle (3) The German short story from Goethe to the present, including the Ger- man Feuilleton and the post-World II writers
533 German Lyric Poetry (3) Major representative poets of the 19th and 20th century.
534 German Drama of the 19th Century (3) The works of the major German dramatists of the 19th century.
74/Foreign Languages
535 German Drama of the 20th Century (3) The works of the major dramatists of the 20th century with attention to expressionism and post-World War II dramatists
543 The German Romantics (3) Selected writers of the German Romantic period.
544 19th Century German Realism (3) Major prose and poetry of German realists.
545 The German Expressionists (3) Major representative poets of the expressionistic move- ment.
LATIN
Symbol: LAT
503 Techniques of the Teaching of Latin (3) Survey and analysis of texts and other mate- rials for teaching Latin. Recent methods for elementary and secondary levels Curriculum for the secondary level.
511 Comparative Grammar and Syntax of Greek and Latin (3) The relation of Greek to Latin within the Indo-European family of languages Survey of the external histories of Greek and Latin Greek and Latin phonology and morphology with references to principles of syntax
512 History of the Latin Language (3) Development of the Latin language from the earliest inscriptions to the 9th century AD, with some consideration of the prehistoric language and people of Rome
514 Advanced Latin Prose Composition and Translation (3) Intensive review of Latin syn- tax, with translation of English passages into Latm and vice versa
515 Seminar in Greek and Roman Civilization (3) A study of literary texts and archaeologi- cal documents illustrative of the Greek mind and/or Roman genius
521 Cicero's Philosophical Essays (3) Studies in the Somnium Scipionis, Tusculan Disputa- tions, De Nature Deorum and De Officiis with reference to Cicero's political theory and prac- tice
522 Virgil, Eclogues and Georgics (3) Studies in the themes and methods of Virgil's Eclogues and Ceorg;cs.
524 Comedies of Plautus (3) Origins of "comedy of manners, " studies in Plautian comedy and in its influence upon later writers of comedy
525 Latin Metre and Verse (3) The formal structure and development of Latin verse from its beginnings to the 20th century Illustrative readings in early, classical, medieval, and mod- ern Latin poetry
526 Greek and Latin Epic (3) The Greek epic from Homer to Apollonius of Rhodes and the Latin epic from NaeviLis to Virgil Readings from the classical epics
527 Roman Historiography (3) Selections from Sallust, Caesar, Livy, Tacitus, and Suetonius Origins, development, and influence of Roman historiography
528 Roman Satire (3) History of Roman satire and the development of Lucilian Satire A comparative study of the satires of Horace, Persius, and luvenal
529 The Latin Novel (3) Emergence and development of the Latin novel Readings in Petronius' Cena Tnmalciiionis, Seneca's Apocolocyntosis, the Pompeian Inscriptions, and Apuleius' Metamorphoses.
530 Medieval Latin Literature (3) I atin poetry and prose from the 4th to the 1 7th centuries, with emphasis on the acquisition of good reading knowledge of medieval Latin in ditterent periods and styles
531 Latin Epigraphy (3) I atin inscriptions from the earliest period to the 8th century AD A study of the development of the Latin language
535 Seminar in Interpretation of Latin Literature (3) Study of various modern approaches to Latin literature Analysis of selected passages or themes from selected authors
Foreign Languages/75
536 Literary Criticism in Antiquity (3) Study of selected authors or works with reference to both ancient and modern (eg., Horace and Quintihan) criticism and interpretation.
SPANISH
Symbol: SPA
510 Advanced Spanish Phonetics (3) Theoretical and practical approach to phonology, phonetics, and phonetics transcriptions. Regional and dialectical variations, using Tomas Navarro Tomas' Manual de pronunciacion espa'nola.
511 Romance Philology (Spanish] (3) The development of Old Spanish from Vulgar Latin and Protoromance, with analysis of Spanish phonology, morphology, and syntax Readings in Old Spanish
512 Advanced Spanish Grammar and Stylistics (3) An informal rapid review of Spanish grammar, with emphasis on problems fundamental to the American classroom. Exercises in- clude idiomatic expression, various levels of style, and translation
513 Advanced Oral Spanish (3) An intensive course for teachers and professionals seeking improvement in oral Spanish Emphasis on vocabulary and idiom acquisition via discus- sions, readings, and reports.
514 Spanish Civilization (3) Major philosophical and artistic contributions of the Hispanic world to Western civilization Spain's social and economic institutions, and the character of her people as reflected in the arts.
520 Cervantes (3) Life and works of Miguel Cervantes Saavedra: Novelas ejemplares, Ocho comedias y ocho entremeses, La Numancia, La Galatea, all of which lead to study of the meaning, philosophy, and influence of Don Quixote.
521 Juan Ruiz, Arcipreste de Hit (3) The Libro de Buen Amor as a major work in Spain's poetic development
522 Lope de Vega (3) The Spanish comedia, viewed as an expression of the Spanish people. The popular and national elements of this theater Lope de Vegas as the chief innovator and leading figure of the first half of the Golden Age.
523 Galdso (3) Benito Perez Caldos; his novels of social reform, enlightenment, and con- version
524 Valera (3) Juan Valera's psychological novels, set in 19th century Andalusia
525 Unamuno (3) The philosophical ideas of Unamuno studied in his critical essays, plays, and novels
530 Spanish Comedia of the Golden Age (3) Survey of the comedia before Lope de Vega; the contributions of Lope de Vega; Tirso de Molina and Ruiz de Alarcon; the Baroque thea- ter of Pedro Calderon de la Barca
532 The Picaresque Novel (3) The picaresque noval as an indigenous creation of Spain; Lazarillo de Tormes, Guzman de Alfarache, Vida del Buscon; the picaresque novel as a tradition to Spain and an influence in other literature
533 The Generation of 1898 (3) The revitalizing forces which took hold in the late 19th cen- tury and a study of the works of Unamuno, Azorin, Menendez Pidal, Pio Baroja, Valle In- clan, Benavente, Martinez Sierra, and Ruben Dario
534 Spanish Lyric Poetry (3) Spanish lyric poetry, with emphasis on early forms, the Renais- sance, Itaiianate forms, and the blossoming of lyric poetry in the 19th and 20th centuries
540 Medieval Spanish Literature (3) The mester de juglaria and the Poema del Cid; early re- lated epics and the mester de clerecia; Spain's early historical chronicles Beginnings of the Spanish theater
542 Spanish Romanticism (3) The Spanish Romantics and costumbristas: Duque de Rivas, Espronceda, Gomez de Avellaneda, Becquer, Larra, Mesonero Romanos The dramatic novels of Pardo Bazan, Palacio Valdes, Clarin, and Caldos.
76/Forelgn Languages
543 Contemporary Spanish Theater (3) The "Ibsenite" and social dramas of the late 19th century represented by the plays of Lopez de Ayala, Jose Echegaray, and Galdos The transi- tion period headed by Martinez Sierra and the brothers Quintero Spain's modernistic drama exemplified by Federico Garcia Lorca and Alejandro Casona
544 Masterpieces and Movements in Spanish Literature (3) A seminar on the development of Spanish thought and artistic expression through selected masterpieces of literature and art
545 The Latin American Novel (3) The development of the novel in Latin America The colonial period, the period of independence, the romantic period; realism, modernism, criollismo, and naturalism.
546 The Black in Spanish American literature (3) The characterization of blacks in Spanish American literature and the political and social context of their portrayal.
556 Seminar I (3)
557 Seminar II (3)
Geography and Planning
Mr. Crassel, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSOR
George Langdon, Ph.D., Clark University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
F. Robert Bielski, M.A., University of Illinois Charles W. Grassel, M.S., University of Pennsylvania Wilham J. Rampon, M.A., University of Oklahoma John C. Tachovsky, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Arlene C. Rengert, M.A., The Ohio State University
The Department of Geography and Planning offers three programs. The Gradu- ate Record Examination is required for admission and diagnostic purposes in all of these degree programs.
MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY
33 Semester Hours
1. Required Courses 15s.h. GEO 500, 503, 505, 581, and 585
2. Thesis 6sh. CEO610
3. Language or Statistics Os.h. Passing either a reading proficiency test in French, German, or
Spanish, or a course in advanced statistics.
4. Elective Courses 12s.h. Selected under advisement from Geography, Geology, Math- ematics, Statistics, or Computer Science.
MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE
Concentration: Geography
30 Semester Hours
1. Research Area 6s.h. GEO 500 and 581
2. Geography Electives 9-12 s.h. Selected under advisement from offerings shown below.
3. Social Science Electives 12 s.h. Selected under advisement from at least two departments of the
School of Social and Behavioral Sciences.
4. Cognate Electives 0-3 s.h. Selected under advisement from any school in the college.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN GEOGRAPHY
34 Semester Hours
78/Geography and Planning
1. Professional Education Requirement, see page 130 10-12 s.h.
2. Geography Concentration 20-22 s.h. Required Courses (6 s.h.)
GEO 500 and 584 Geography Electives (14-16 s.h.)
A minimum of one course from each of the following groups: Group 1. Earth Studies G EO 501 , 502, 503, 504, and 506 Group 2. Cultural Studies GEO 521, 524, 525, 526, 529, 571, or 572 Group 3. Regional Studies GEO 540, 542, 543, 544, 545, or 546 Group 4. Methods, Techniques, Seminars, and Thesis GEO 505, 507, 508, 581, 585, 590, 591 through 594, or 610 If a candidate elects to write a thesis (GEO 610) the credit pro- duced in the M.Ed, program will be 3.
3. Electives 0-4 s.h. Selected under advisement in either academic or professional- education course work.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: GEO
500 Methods and Materials of Geographic Research (3) Sources of geographic infor- mation and methods of compiling it into reports and geographic writing An outline for either a thesis or a research report is prepared Offered in fall
501 Advanced Geomorphology (3) Landform structures and processes which brought them about Interpreting landforms in relation to cultural geography with topographic maps and aerial photographs
502 Regional Geomorphology of North America (3) Geological analysis of surface con- figurations of North America, with emphasis on geographical relationships to these features. PREREQ: introductory geology or geomorphology
503 General Climatology (3) Metreorological factors influencing climates of the world and their general patterns Survey of world climates
504 Climatology of the Continents (3) The earth climates are examined on a continental basis, with emphasis on problem climates that deviate from the normal pattern Not to be offered 1978-79
505 Advanced Cartography (3) Cartographic methods and techniques Presentation of statistical data in map form PREREQ introductory cartography or consent of instructor
506 Advanced Physical Geography (3) Basic aspects of physical geography in the total geo- graphic concept Not to be offered 1978-79
507 Advanced Map Interpretation (3) Designed to improve map-reading skills Emphasis on increased understanding of U S G S quadrangles and special-purpose statistical maps
508 Research Design and Analysis (also CRJ 508) (3) Emphasis upon social-research proc- esses: problem identification: data collection and use: application of statistical procedures and computer techniques: hypothesis testing and problem resolution in social planning and decision-making
521 Suburbanization and Land Development (3) Component systems and functional opera- tions of urban/suburban communities, including ecological and demographic aspects Em- phasis upon organization, development, change, and problems of communities
524 Geography of Population (3) Characteristics and distribution of world populations are studied
Geography and Planning/79
525 Urban and Regional Planning (3) Application of community-planning theories and methods to designated urban and regional systems.
526 Metropolitan Systems and Problems (3) Urbanization processes and problems; urban systems in the expanding metropolitan and regional setting; present and proposed efforts to solve urban problems
529 Geographic Influences in World History (3) Effect of geographic factors upon selected movements, occurrences, eras, and cultural groups in modern world history
540 Geography of the United States (3) A regional study of the United States, emphasizing relationships between physical geography and man's economic and political responses to environmental circumstances
542 Geography of Canada (3) Physical and cultural regionalism of Canada The natural re- sources; pattern of human occupance including agriculture, industry, and transportation.
543 Geography of Mexico and Middle America (3) Regional geography of Mexico, Central America and the West Indies Political divisions and their present-day relations and geo- graphic conditions Inter-American affairs are considered.
544 Geography of South America (3) Regional geography of South America: its physical base, settlement, agriculture, mining and manufacturing Inter-American relations are con- sidered
545 Geography of Europe (excluding the U. S. S. R.) (3) Regional study of Europe Influence of environmental factors, such as climate, landforms, and soils on the economic, social, and political condition of European nations
546 Geography of the Soviet Union (3) European and Asiatic U S S R and its satellite nations Elements of the environment and regional divisions in relation to resource base and economic/political objectives
571 Conservation Workshop (3) An appraisal of resource conservation and resource man- agement practices in the context of regional planning
572 Seminar in Resource Management (3) Research problems in resource management, done on an mdividual-student, or team-study basis
581 Seminar in Modern Philosophy of Geography (3) Modern geographic thought with em- phasis on contributions of American geographers and their most recent views
584 Modern Techniques of Teaching Geography (3) Contemporary methods and resources for the formulation, organization, presentation, and evaluation of geographic instruction.
585 Geography Field Methods (3) An advanced field course which includes urban and land-use studies Utilization of field methods, mapping, and data collection into geo- graphical reports
590 Independent Studies in Geography (1-3) Research projects, reports, readings in geo- graphy PREREQ approval of department chairperson
591-594 Area Field Studies (3 s.h. for each study) A specific geographic region or area is selected for on-site, field study in each course The specific course number is assigned as new areas of study are announced The series includes: CEO 591 Field Study (Local) GEO 592 Field Study (Puerto Rico) CEO 593 Field Study (Europe) GEO 594 Field Study (Jamaica) Offer in Summer only
610 Thesis (3 or 6) A thesis is developed on a research problem for which the student de- velops a theory, proposition or hypothesis, and investigates available information on the subject
Government and Politics
Mr. Eldredge, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Thomas J. Brady, J.D., Temple University Clifford H. Harding, Ph.D., New York University Charles C. Mayo, Ph.D., University of Souttiern California James S. Milne, Ph.D., Temple University JohnC. Shea, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgti
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
William F. Burns, M.A., Case Western Reserve University A. Wayne Burton, M.A., University of Pennsylvania David S. Eldredge, A.M.T., Harvard University Lawrence V. lacono, M.Ed., Wesf Chiester State College
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Robert J. Marbach, Ph.D., Temple University
The Department of Government and Politics offers a Master of Arts in Social Sciences with a concentration in political science. This program is particularly relevant to teachers who wish to strengthen subject-matter knowledge in more than one academic discipline. This concentration is also highly appropriate for persons active in government, politics or industry, as well as for those who wish to enrich their cultural background.
Students choosing the political science concentration are advised by the De- partment of Government and Politics. For diagnostic purposes, a student will be asked to submit Graduate Record Examination Scores.
MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE
Concentration: Political Science 30 Semester Hours
1. Research Area 5-6 s.h. PSC 500 — Methods and Materials of Research in Political Sci- ence is required plus either PSC 550 — Seminar in Political Sci- ence or PSC 600 — Research Report
2. Political Science Electives 9-12 s.h. Selected under advisement
3. Electives from offerings of at least two other 12 sh. departments of School of Social and Behavioral Science
4. Cognate area 0-3 s.h. Elected from any school in the college
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol. PSC
500 Methods and Materials of Research in Pohtical Science (3) Logic of scientific method- ology Research design construction Stress on hypothesis development and testing, data collection, measurement problems, theory application
Government and Politics/81
502 Workshop in Pre-Co!legiate Political Science Education (3) Contemporary research in political socialization as it pertains to education is examined So are the effectiveness of citizenship-political science education and of contributions of professional and curriculum associations. Human behavior and education as factors in peaceful and violent solutions of future problems are surveyed
510 Grass Roots Politics and the American Voter (3) Crass-roots campaign craftsmanship Organizing and implementing electoral politics and developing political pressure groups locally
515 Women in Politics (3) The role of women in politics is surveyed Considerations include the relationship between the sexes as it impacts politics May be offered Spring 79
525 The American Presidency (3) Analysis of the presidency, stressing its evolution into a modern mstitution and the contemporary behavioral aspects of the office Considers per- sonality, power and campaign strategy in conjunction with presidential relations with the Executive Branch, Congress, the Courts and the media May be offered Fall '78
531 Modern Political Theory (3) Critical analysis of enduring political problems as seen pri- marily in the writings of theorists from Machiavelli to the present; basic concepts of political science; theories concerning the proper role of the state in society,
532 international Relations (3) Factors which motivate the actions of nations; machinery which members of the nation-state system have evolved for effecting their various policies. Methods of diplomacy, international law, international organization.
533 Congressional Politics (3) The politics of and the legislative process in Congress. In- cludes internal influences on Congressional performance such as rules, norms and behavior and external influences including the executive and interest groups
534 American Political Parties (3) Patterns, functions and history of the American political party system at national, state and local levels Theoretical and empirical studies of political interest groups, public opinion, voting behavior May be offered Fall '78
540 American Constitutional Law (3) Evolution of constitutional law through study of the leading decisions of the Supreme Court and their significance for the American govern- mental system
541 Latin-American Culture and Politics (3) Comparative analysis of contemporary Latin- American systems Stress of political culture, decision making, ideologies and political proc- esses.
542 Dynamics of Public Opinion and Political Behavior (3) The political role and style of masses and elites; uses and abuses of polls, political socialization, voting behavior, cam- paigning and media Understanding individual opinion formation (micro) and mass publics (macro)
544 American Public Policy (also CRJ 544) (3) Survey of literature; examination of ap- proaches; discussion of concepts and issues in the field of American politics and policy processes May be offered Spring 1979
548 The Communist Powers (3) Comparative study of various Communist systems, particu- larly the USSR and China Elite-mass relationships; role of Marxism-Leninism; party, eco- nomic and political structures Secondary attention to Eastern Europe, Cuba and non-ruling parties
549 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Behavior (3) In-depth examination of the fourth branch of government Impact of administrative apparatus (bureaucracy) on public policy formulation and implementation in the United States.
550 Seminar in Political Science (3) Selected problems in political science Subject an- nounced in advance of each semester PREREQ: PSC 500.
551 The Politics of Non-Western Areas (3) Problems of nation-building, political partici- pation and elite-mass relationships in the less developed nations Latin American, Asian or African nations may be stressed as a case study.
552 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3) Analysis of constitutional rights and governmental
82/Government and Politics
attitudes with respect to civil liberties Emphasis on case-study method and role playing.
560 The Politics of Revolution [3-) Synthesis of research, concepts and theories of revo- lution Stress on the meaning, causes, phases and ideologies of revolution Contemporary movements emphasized
590 Independent Studies in Political Science (1-3) Research projects, reports and readings in political science PREREQ: approval of department chairperson.
600 Research Report (2)
610 Thesis (3)
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Dr. Youmans, Dean
Dr. Cottrell, Associate Dean
Dr. Norris, Associate Dean of Graduate Studies
Mr. Funk, Chairperson, Department of Health
Dr. Woods, Chairperson, Department of Physical Education
PROFESSORS
Norman A. Cochran, Ed.D., University of Maryland Edwin B. Cottrell, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University Ralph H. Kapilian, Ph.D., University of Illinois Monita Lank, Ph.D., University of Iowa John D. Lemcke, Ed.D., Temple University John M. Lowe, Jr., Ed.D., University of Toledo Edward N. Norris, Ed.D., Temple University Neil A. Serpico, Ed.D., University of Alabama Russell L. Sturzebecker, Ed.D., Temple University Edwin L. Youmans, Ph.D., University of Iowa
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
David S. Charters, M.Ed., Temple University
John L. DeMillion, Jr., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Phillip B. Donley, M.S., Wesf Virginia University; Certificate in Physical
Therapy, D. T. Watson School of Physiatrics Joseph T. Fisher, M.S., University of Illinois Walter E. Funk, M.Ed., University of Delaware Melvin M. Lorback, MS, Pennsylvania State University John R. Steinmetz, Ed.D., Temple University Lloyd C. Wilkinson, M.A., Villanova University Richard B. Yoder, M.A., Villanova University Ronald B. Woods, Ph.D., Temple University
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Phyllis A Goetz, Ph.D., University of Maryland
The School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation offers degree pro- grams leading to the Master of Education or Master of Science in Health or Health and Physical Education. The Master of Education enriches academic preparation for teaching m the public schools and/or first-level employment in the various professions related to health or health and physical education. The Master of Science is designed primarily to meet individual needs of the graduate student who wishes to pursue graduate work beyond the master's degree or a career in research. The MS may also serve to prepare personnel for staff positions in education, government, and industry.
A certification program in Driver Education and Safe Living is also offered by the school.
84/Health, Physical Education and Recreation
Communicating with the School
Communications regarding the graduate program in health and physical education should be addressed to the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies, School of Health and Physical Education, West Chester State College, West Chester, Pa. 19380.
THE PROFESSOR RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER SCHOLARSHIP
Through the generosity of Mr. John F. Unruh, the Graduate Division of the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation awards $100 each semester to a "worthy and needy" graduate student in health and physical education. The award, donated by Mr. Unruh who is an alumnus of West Chester State College, has been established in honor of Professor Russell L. Sturzebecker.
The applicant must be working full-time in the field of health and physical edu- cation and must be a part-time student at West Chester State College who has been admitted to graduate study for the master's degree. For further information, please contact the Associate Dean for Graduate Study, School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.
THE GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIP
Each academic year the School of Health, Physical Education and Recreation awards a graduate scholarship derived from proceeds from the vending machines in the student lounge of the Health and Physical Education Center. It is antici- pated that the yearly award will be approximately $300. Selection criteria include scholarship, citizenship and character, leadership, need, and ability in and/or contribution to specific areas of health or physical education. The scholarship committee of the school will make the final selection.
Further information and application forms may be obtained from the Asso- ciate Dean for Graduate Studies, School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.
MASTER OF EDUCATION PROGRAM
Admission to the M.Ed. Program. In addition to meeting the basic requirements of the college, given under Admissions, applicants must present a baccalaureate degree attained in the field of health and physical education or equivalent preparation in a related field.
Admission to M.Ed. Degree Candidacy. Within the 15 semester hours of pre- candidacy, health major must complete HPE 600, HPE 601 and HED 622. Majors in health and physical education must complete any four of HPE 600, HPE 601, HPE 602, HED 620 or PED 681
Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree
1 . Satisfactory completion of one of the curricula shown below, with an average of 2.75 and an average of 3.00 in the respective major field.
2 Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive examinations
MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
Admission to the M.S. Program. Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the college, given under Admissions, and must present a baccalaureate degree attained in their anticipated major area of health or health and physical
Health, Physical Education and Recreation/85
education or equivalent preparation in a related field. They must also present the results of the Aptitude Section of the Graduate Record Examination which are to be used for diagnostic and program planning purposes.
Admission to the M.S. Degree Candidacy. Within the 15 semester hours of pre- candidacy majors in health must complete HPE 600, HPE 601, and HED 622 with a minimum quality point average for these and all other courses during pre- candidacy of 3.00. Majors in health and physical education must complete any three of HPE 600, HPE 601, HPE 602 or PED 681 with a minimum quality point average for these and all other courses taken during pre-candidacy of 3.00.
Requirements for the M.S. Degree
1. Satisfactory completion of one of the curricula shown below with an overall average of 3.00.
2. Oral defense of the thesis.
3. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive exami- nations.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN HEALTH
34 Semester Hours
The M.Ed. Program is composed of a required area of 14 semester hours which includes HPE 600, HPE 601, HPE 606, HPE 607, HED 622 and Educational Founda- tions (EDF 510). In addition there is a selected required area in which the student elects three courses (9 semester hours) under advisement from among HED 520, HED 521, HED 522, HED 523, HED 620, HED 621, HED 623, and HED 624. The re- maining 11 semester hours are free electives to be taken under advisement.
The research project consists of two semesters (HPE 606 and HPE 607) which are taken following the successful completion of Methods and Materials of Research in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (HPE 600).
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH
30 Semester Hours
The MS. program is composed of a required area of 14 semester hours which includes HPE 600, HPE 601, HPE 608, HPE 610, and HED 622. In addition there is a selected required area in which the student elects two courses (6 semester hours) under advisement from among HED 520, HED 521, HED 522, HED 523, HED 524, HED 620, HED 621, HED 623 and HED 624 The remaining 10 semester hours are free electives to be taken under advisement.
Successful completion of Methods and Materials of Research in Health, Physical Education and Recreation (HPE 600) is a prerequisite for Thesis Seminar (HPE 608). The thesis proposal must be formally approved within the Thesis Seminar (HPE 608) before the student may register for thesis (HPE 610).
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
34 Semester Hours
The M.Ed, program is composed of a required area of 20 semester hours, including a research project and an elective area of 14 hours planned under ad- visement. Required courses are Educational Foundations (EDF 510) and HPE 600, 601 , 602, PE D 681 and H E D 620.
The research project consists of two seminars (HPE 606 and 607) which are-
86/Health, Physical Education and Recreation
taken following the successful completion of Methods and Materials of Research in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation (HPE 600).
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
30 Semester Hours
The Master of Science is attained through successful completion of an area of concentration, a component of electives, and the thesis. Required for the concen- tration are HPE 600, 601, 602 and PED681. Before undertaking work on the thesis (HPE 610) the candidate must complete a thesis seminar (HPE 608). The elective area is developed under advisement and must include 7-10 credits produced from the school's curriculum in either the scientific area or the social and cultural areas. The remaining 3-6 credits should be used to fortify the student's individualized program, and, with the permission of the associate dean for graduate studies, may be selected from related fields.
CERTIFICATION PROGRAM IN DRIVER EDUCATION AND SAFE LIVING
(Highway Safety and General Safety Education) Richard B. Yoder, Coordinator
A teacher's certificate may be extended to include education for safe living (highway safety and general safety education) by completing 12 semester hours of course work in the School of Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Six of these hours must be met by History and Philosophy of Safety Education and Principles of Accident Prevention (PED 660) and Seminar in the Four-Phase Pro- gram of Driver Education (PED 561). The remaining two courses are chosen, under advisement by the coordinator, from PED 661, 662, 663 and 560.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Symbol: HPE
500 Contemporary Problems in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation (3) Problems in teaching health, physical education, and recreation; in-service aspects, factors and variables which influence solutions of these problems
600 Methods and Materials of Research in Health and Physical Education (2) Techniques of research in education applied to the field of health, physical education, and recreation
601 Techniques of Measurements and Evaluation in Health and Physical Education (3) Sta- tistical and evaluative procedures and their application to health, physical education, and recreation
602 Historical and Philosophical Bases for Health and Physical Education (3) Past and con- temporary philosophies, principles, and objectives in health, physical education, and recreation, current trends
603 Seminar in Professional Literature in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation (3)
Review of current professional literature in the area and its related fields Fmphasis on the application of the literature to teaching and research
604 Administration and Supervisory Practices in Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and Athletics (3) Nature of the positions of directors or supervisors of physical education, recreation, and athletics lob specifications, operational principles and procedures
605 Curriculum in Health and Physical Education (3) Trends in health and physical education curricula at the elementary, secondary, and college levels Surveys, reports, and
Health, Physical Education and Recreation/87
analyses of curriculum practices.
606 Research Project Seminar I (2) The M.Ed candidate selects a problem for a research report, reviews the literature, develops procedures, and collects appropriate data. Students are expected to complete the first three chapters of the research report during Seminar I, and will continue to register for this course each semester or summer session until this re- quirement is met. They then register for Seminar II.
607 Research Project Seminar II (1) M Ed candidates are expected to complete their research reports in this seminar (see HPE 606). They continue to register for the seminar until the report is completed
608 Thesis Seminar (2) A course for the MS candidate, who selects a topic, reviews the literature, develops procedures, and prepares a proposal acceptable to the thesis commit- tee. Candidates continue to register for the seminar until they have met requirements They then register for HPE 610
609 Independent Study and Special Projects (1-3) Research projects, seminar papers, reports of special conferences, and reading in health and physical education. PREREQ: approval of associate dean for graduate studies.
610 Thesis (4) Undertaken upon completion of HPE 608 If the thesis is not completed in the first semester the student must register again and thereafter in 608 until the thesis has been accepted by the committee.
HEALTH EDUCATION
Symbol: HED
520 Scientific Bases for Health (3) Past and recent scientific developments in selected physiological health problems Analysis of research findings which contribute to basic content in health education. The practical application of these findings through health be- havior.
521 Sociological Bases for Health (3) Past and recent scientific developments in selected sociological health problems Analysis of research findings in the areas of social and mental health; the place of these findings in the basic content in health education and their practical application through group behavior
522 Gerontology (3) In-depth study of the mental, physiological, emotional and social as- pects of aging The role society assigns to the aged Improving the lot of the aged
523 Consumer Education (3) Consumer related problems of the individual and society Consumerism, cost and delivery of health services and the effect on individual and societal health Consumerism and the law
525 Elementary School Health Education (3) Trends in elementary school health: curricular approaches and emphasis, teaching strategies, motivational techniques, resources, mate- rials, issues, problems and evaluations PREREQ: background in elementary education
526 Life Support Techniques (3) Advanced methods in cardiopulmonary resuscitation and advances in first aid techniques leading to American Heart Association certificate of "Basic Life Support-CPR" Current methods of personal and group injury management
620 School Health Problems (3) in-service training in school health problems, using the case technique method and a variety of materials, methods, and resources
621 Human Sexuality in a Changing Society (3) Problems of sexual organs such as dysfunc- tion Changing sexual attitudes and behavior of individuals, families, and society Commercial sex, misinformation, sex and the law, population control Sex education for home and school
622 Principles of Curriculum and Instruction for Health Education (3) Alternatives for view- ing and reviewing instructional programs Existing rationales Conception of curricula. Developing effective curriculum
623 Addictive Diseases (3) Designed to assist the student and in-service teacher in
88/Health, Physical Education and Recreation
developing knowledge and insight into the addictive diseases (alcohol, drugs, tobacco). Utilization of resource personnel.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Symbol: PED
550 Elementary Physical Education Workshop (3) Orientation for the teaching of ele- mentary physical education Principles and practices; appropriate activities for various grade levels.
551 Elementary Physical Education Recreation Music Workshop (2) Leading and teaching rhythmic activities and singing in elementary physical education and recreation Funda- mental level Instructional programmed music textbook; piano and guitar chords Creating and teaching recreational and singing games
552 Learning on The Move (3) Movement education and perceptual motor theory Activi- ties to guide children to maximal development potential.
560 Seminar in Motorcycle Safety Education (3) Curricular design, administration, and operational techniques of motorcycle safey programs. Laboratory experiences.
561 Seminar in the Four-Phase Program of Driver Education (3) In-service experience for driver-education teachers in classroom, BTW, multi-car method, and simulation
570 School and Community Recreation (3) Community recreation with emphasis on the role of the school in the total program
571 Outdoor Education Workshop (2) Principles, procedures, and skills for conducting outdoor education programs Seminars, lectures, field trips, and practical participation in putdoor education skills
;>77 Summer Dance Workshop/Effective Projection in Theater Dance (1) Experience in dance as a performing art: lighting, set design, costume Original compositions are staged. The workshop combines various dance techniques.
580 Sports Psychology (3) Behavior of individuals participating in play, games and sports. Why people behave the way they do in athletics and physical activity Risk-taking person- ality and behavior under stress
581 Adapted Physical Education (3) Techniques for a program of adapted physical edu- cation in the public school. Application of activities to benefit the child with a temporary or permanent disability
582 Modern Principles of Athletic Training (3) A course for the physical educator and/or coach Injuries which occur in class, practice, and game situations; preventive taping and wrapping; immediate first-aid procedures; relations with the medical profession
584 Instrumentation (2) Experience in measurement involving operation of laboratory equipment for research in physical education.
585 Mechanical Analysis of Motor Skills (3) Fundamental principles of mechanics, applied to teaching physical education and athletic activities
586 The Olympic Games — Their influences on the Ancient and Contemporary Worlds (3)
Ancient and modern games and their historical and cultural significance Sociological and political implications of the modern games
650 The Child and Physical Education (3) Contributions of physical education to the child's physical, social, emotional, and intellectual growth and to his developmental needs and in- terests. The influences of various activities on growth and development
660 History and Philosophy of Safety Education and Principles of Accident Prevention (3)
The safety movement in the United States and other countries Place of safety education in modern living, philosophies of safety-education leaders; accident causation and prevention; their research implications Background for administering school, civil defense, and emer- gency safety programs.
Health, Physical Education and Recreation/89
661 Contemporary Practices and Program Evaluation in Safety Education (3) current prac- tices, evaluation of programs, and research of current literature in safety education. Tech- niques for selecting, constructing, and utilizing instruments for evaluating safety-education programs Problem-solving projects
662 Problems in Traffic and Driver Education (3) Contemporary curriculum and current practices in driver and traffic education, enforcement of traffic laws and regulations, engi- neering problems Problem-solving projects
663 Psychology in Safety Education and Accident Prevention (3) Effects of unconscious de- terminism, habits, attitudes, individual adjustment, motivation, and personality on accident causation. Research implications explored
680 Scientific Principles of Coaching (3) Recent trends in theories and techniques of teach- ing sports Mechanical principles of efficient movement Research related to competitive performance Specialists serve as guest panelists
681 Scientific Bases for Physical Education (3) Scientific data related to physical education activities Scientific approaches to motor learning and development of skill PREREQ: anat- omy, physiology, applied physiology, or equivalents.
682 Biodynamics of Human Performance (3) Physiology of the active, vital organism Sci- entific findings concerning human performance, especially under stress and accompanying physiological adjustments.
683 Comparative Physical Education (3) Comparative study of programs outside the United States. Current philosophies, principles, and practices.
684 Sport and Society (3) Using a historical context, a model of the role of sports in a varie- ty of societal environments will be constructed. Emphasis will be placed on the view of sports as a form of human expression that is reflective of the current value structure or a par- ticular society.
SERVICE COURSES
The following courses are open to students in all curricula, with no prerequisite in health and/or physical education required:
HPE 605; HED 522, 620; PED 550, 551, 552, 560, 561, 570, 571, 577, 580, 581, 584, 585; PED 650, 660, 661, 662, 663, 680, 682
History
Dr. Carlson, Chairperson
Dr. Stuart, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Robert E. Carlson, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Florence Joseph Crowley, Ph.D., University of Florida Claude R. Foster, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Frank Fox, Ph.D., University of Delaware Clifford H. Harding, Ph.D., New York University Patricia C. Johnson, Ph.D., University of Rochester Donn C. Riley, Ph.D., St. Louis University Harry G. Schaick, Ph.D., Clark University Anne Sessa, Ph.D., University of Delaware Norbert C. Soldon, Ph.D., University of Delaware Charles H. Stuart, Ph.D., Sosfon Un/vers/fy Jane B. Swan, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania John J. Turner, Jr., Ph.D., Columbia University Robert J. Young, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
H James Burgwyn, Ph D., University of Pittsburgh Raymond A. Doyle, B.S., Wesf Chester State College Paul C. O'Crady, Ph.D., University of Delaware Harold E. Shaffer, Litt. M., University of Pittsburgh Richard J. Webster, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Thomas J. Heston, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
W. Bennett Peters, Ph.D., University of California at Santa Barbara
The Department of History offers three degrees: the Master of Arts in History; the Master of Arts in Social Science with a concentration in history; and, in co- operation with the School of Education, the Master of Education in Social Science with a concentration in history.
The Master of Arts degree in history provides a sound foundation for study leading to the doctorate in history as well as a background of knowledge for teachers in secondary schools and institutions of higher learning and for persons employed in industry and government. Study for the degree also enriches the cul- tural background of students and helps them to evaluate present events in light of the past.
The MA. in History may be achieved by completing either a thesis or non- thesis program The candidate in the thesis program must pass a reading-pro- ficiency test in either French or German The candidate, with the department chairperson's approval, may substitute another language or may demonstrate competency in statistics In the non-thesis program, the candidate does not fulfill the language requirement but takes three seminars and presents a research paper in each
The Master of Arts in Social Science is particularly relevant for teachers who wish to strengthen their subject-matter knowledge in more than one academic discipline. The program is also appropriate for persons employed in government
History/91
or industry or for those who wish to enrich their cultural background. Those who select history as their concentration in this interdisciplinary program are advised by the Department of History.
The Master of Education in Social Science (history concentration) provides in- service teachers with additional professional-education courses as well as with an opportunity to enlarge their understanding of the historical past.
In all three programs the Graduate Record Examinations (morning and after- noon) are required for admission to degree candidacy, which should occur upon completion of from 12 to 18 semester hours of graduate work.
Degree candidates must achieve at least a raw score of 1000 in the combined verbal and advanced history portions of the Graduate Record Examinations or a score of no less than the 40th percentile in the advanced history portion.
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY
30 Semester Hours THESIS OPTION
1. Major area of concentration (American or European) 12s.h. (must include two seminars)
2. Minor area of concentration (either the area not chosen 6s.h. above or the Third World)(must include one seminar)
3 HIS 500 (Methods and Materials of Research) 3s h
4. HIS 691 (Thesis) 6s.h.
5. Elective 3s.h.
NON-THESIS OPTION
1. Major area of concentration (American or European) 18 sh (must include two seminars)
2. Minor area of concentration (either the area not chosen above 9s.h. or the Third World)(must include one seminar)
3 HIS 500 (Methods and Materials of Research) 3s h
MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE
Concentration: History 30 Semester Hours
1. History courses (under advisement) 9 s.h.
2. Social Science courses (from at least two departments other 12 s.h. than History in the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences)
3 HIS 500 (Methods and Materials of Research) 3 s.h.
4. HIS 650, 651, or 652 (Seminar) 3 s.h.
5. Elective (from any department in the college) 3 s.h.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SOCIAL SCIENCE
Concentration: History
34 Semester Hours
1 Professional education requirements (see page 130) 10-12 s.h.
(School of Education)
2. History courses (under advisement) 15-18 s.h.
3 HIS 500 (Methods and Materials of Research) 3 s.h.
4. HIS 650, 651, or 652 (Seminar) 3 s.h.
92/History
5. Electives (professional education or academic) 0-4 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
See also Social Science (SSC) following History Symbol: HIS
500 Methods and Materials of Research in History (3) Basic techniques and procedures in research; major types of research and methods for locating, evaluating, and interpreting evi- dence The student develops a tentative outline, bibliography, and summary of an investi- gative procedure. Required of all degree-program students
501 Studies in the History and Culture of South Asia (3) The Indian sub-continent's domi- nant political, cultural, and economic institutions. Features which contribute to an under- standing of modern India and Pakistan
505 Studies in the History and Culture of East Asia (3) The traditional basis for modern Chinese, Japanese, and Korean society The interaction between European and Asian cul- tures and resulting changes in East Asia
509 Contemporary History of the Middle East (3) Recent history of major Middle Eastern societies; Iran and the oil situation; Israel and the Palestine question; conflicting cultures.
511 Studies in the History and Culture of Emerging Africa (3) Emergence of modern African nationalism against the background of traditional African society and the legacy of Euro- pean colonialism
512 Independent Black Africa (3) The post-war experience of Sub-Saharan Africa viewed in the light of the end of European colonial administration and the growth of an independent African society
515 The Cultural and Intellectual History of Latin America (3) Pre-Columbian art and thought, scholasticism, mercantilism, the Great Debate, Baroque architecture Enlighten- ment, conservatism, liberalism. Romanticism, Modernism, Positivism, Jose Enrique Rodo, Aprismo, Mexican muralists, novel of social protest, existentialism, and music Lineaments of the Latin-American mind.
516 Modern Mexico (3) Mexico during the 19th- and 20th-centuries; stress upon the dramat- ic transformation of Mexico from backwardness to modernity in the short period of a cen- tury and a half.
530 Problems in Medieval Civilization (3) Rise and fall of the Byzantine Empire, conquests of the Arabs and Turks, the crusades for the recovery of the Holy Land; the religious orders and the universal aspirations of the Papacy
531 The Renaissance (3) Political, social, and cultural transitions in Italy and Northern Eu- rope, 1350-1550
532 The Reformation (3) Major and minor Protestant leaders and their movements; effects on the evolving nation-states; the Church of Rome's response; Wars of Religion and Treaty of Westphalia; the Scientific Revolution.
533 Dynastic Europe: 1648-1789 (3) The absolute dynastic monarchy as best exemplified by France, Prussia, and Russia; the middle class challenge as typified by the English experience; the Enlightenment and the New Science; capitalism; colonialism, and wars of empire.
534 The French Revolution and the Napoleonic Era: 1789-1815 (3) Causes of the French Revolution, failure of absolutism, Reign of Terror, the Directory; rise of Napoleon Bona- parte and his contribution to the Revolution; the Empire — its rise and collapse; Congress of Vienna.
535 Nationalism and Democracy: 1815-1914 (3) Aftermath and effect of the French Revolu- tionary era; events brought on by the growth of nationalism and democracy; development of the industrial revolution Roots of the First World War
536 Europe Since 1914 (3) Twentieth century Europe, with emphasis on causes of World War I; Europe between World War I and World War II; problems of contemporary Europe.
History /93
540 The Evolution of Modern Russia (3) A cultural approach to the historical development of Russia from the foundation of Kiev to the Revolution of 1917. Emphasis is on Russia's political and aesthetic uniqueness
541 Tudor and Stuart England (3) Social, cultural, religious, political, and economic de- velopments during the Tudor and Stuart reigns; building a strong Tudor monarchy; the Eng- lish Reformation; Stuart Absolutism; Puritan Revolution, Civil War and the Commonwealth; the beginning of Empire; the Restoration, Glorious Revolution, and growth of English con- stitutionalism
550 Colonial America: 1607-1763 (3) Development of the 13 mainland colonies of Anglo- America from their settlement to mid-18th century Emphasis on a conceptual analysis of specific events and problems
551 Revolutionary America: 1763-1789 (3) American development from the mid-1 8th cen- tury to the framing of the Constitution, with emphasis on the causes of the American Revolution and the evolution of American institutions and ideas throughout the period
553 The Rise of the New Nation: 1789-1850 (3) A historiographical approach involving interpretations of the foundations and development of the Federalist Party, emergence of Jeffersonian Democracy, evolution of Jacksonian Democracy, and events of the Middle Period leading to the decade of controversy
554 Civil War and Reconstruction: 1850-1877 (3) The War and its aftermath as the great watershed of United States national history Emphasis on the conflicting interpretations of the causes, nature, and effects of the Civil War
555 Emergence of Modern America: 1876-1923 (3) Rise of industry, labor, immigration, and new cultural patterns; emergence of new political alignments, rise of imperialism, develop- ment of liberalism and reform; America's struggle for neutrality and her participation in World War I.
556 America Since 1919 (3) The impact of urbanization and industrialization upon society, politics, and economics; the problems of wars — declared and undeclared — and the various policies for peace.
557 Problems in American Constitutional Development (3) Selected problems in the devel- opment of American constitutional government The progressive adaptation of the law to a changing social and economic order. Conflicts such as nationalism versus states' rights and vested rights versus police power.
558 Recent American Diplomatic History (3) American foreign policy in Europe, Asia, Latin America and the Middle East from 1945 to the present. Objectives sought by the United States and the political, military, economic, and social policies pursued; role of the United States in the future of underdeveloped countries.
559 American Urban History (3) Research methods and approaches for studying the his- tory of cities in America. Emphasis on quantitative analysis, including studies of urban pop- ulation, social mobility, and voting patterns.
560 American Labor Since 1865 (3) American laborers and labor organizations in the past hundred years; industrialization, immigration, and labor; women, children, and minorities in labor organizations; political parties, radical groups, and violence as factors in labor history; economic conditions and labor; Big Labor
561 The Indian in America's Past (3) The dispossession of the American Indian; land seiz- ures, wars, and treaties, cultural contact, customs, mores, economic and religious life of the Indian; assimilation and preservation of Indian culture.
650 Seminar in American History (3) Selected problems in American history Subject an- nounced in advance of each semester. PREREQ: HIS 500, two courses in American history
651 Seminar in European History (3) Selected problems in European history Subject an- nounced in advance of each semester PREREQ: HIS 500, two courses in European history.
652 Seminar in History of the Non-Western World (3) Selected problems in non-western world history Subject announced in advance of each semester. PREREQ: HIS 500, two courses in non-western world history.
94/History
660 Field Studies in History (3-6) A fully supervised learning experience, usually a tour, de- signed to expose students to the culture, artifacts, and research facilities of a given country or area
690 Independent Studies in History (1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in history. PREREQ: approval of department chairperson.
691 Thesis (6)
SOCIAL SCIENCE
SSC 502 Methods and Materials for Teaching Social Studies (3-6) Current practices and procedures; organization and planning; the use of classroom, library, and curriculum materi- als; testing, measurements, and evaluation, bibliographical sources for both teachers and students.
SSC 580 Ethnic Cultures Institute (3) jointly sponsored by the Schools of Arts and Letters and Social and Behavioral Sciences, the institute considers the contributions of ethnic groups to the culture of the United States Designated primarily for teachers, community ac- tion personnel, and students who wish to increase knowledge and skills for developing meaningful intergroup relationships and improving classroom instruction. Educators and. community leaders take part.
Instructional Media Education
Dr. Weagley, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Richard L. Strayer, Ed.D., Temple University
Richard P. Weagley, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
David L. Redmond, M.S., Syracuse University Joseph M. Spiecker, Ed.D., Nova University
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
Jay P. Steinmetz, M.Ed., West Chester State College
The Department of Instructional Media Education offers three programs in educational media.
Master of Education
This degree is offered to candidates who possess an Instructional Level I or In- structional Level II certificate, and prepares them for positions as instructional media coordinators in elementary and secondary schools and for instructional and administrative positions in colleges.
Master of Science
This is a program designed for the many fields outside education where highly skilled personnel in instructional media are in growing demand. These fields en- compass business, industry, religious organizations, and government. Unlike the M.Ed, program, the M.S program does not require an undergraduate background in teaching; nor does it lead to certification.
Educational Media Specialist Certification
Certification, which may be earned by completing the Master of Education de- gree program, may also be achieved with the completion of 24 credits in educa- tional media in a non-degree program. The certificate is valid for obtaining posi- tions in instructional media in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
MASTER OF EDUCATION
Students admitted to the master's degree program are required to submit scores for the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test and/or the Miller Analogies Test during their first session (fall, spring, or summer) of enrollment.
Admission to Degree Candidacy. Upon completion of 15 semester hours, applica- tion for degree candidacy may be made by students who meet the following re- quirements.
1 . A 3.00 average in courses in educational media.
2. A 2.75 average in over-ail graduate work.
3. Successful performance on the Graduate Record Examination and/or the Miller Analogies Test.
96/lnstructional Media Education
4. Satisfactory performance on a proficiency examination in the field of educa- tional media
The Comprehensive Examination. Admission to the comprehensive examination is gained upon admission to degree candidacy, completion of all required courses and 28 semester hours of course work.
Degree Requirement. The candidate must perform satisfactorily on the compre- hensive examination and satisfactorily complete the curriculum shown below.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL MEDIA
34 Semester Hours
Required Courses: EDF 500 and EDF 510 — 6 semester hours
Area of Concentration Requirments: EDM 502, 511, 519, 520, 522, 555, 560,
590 — 23 semester hours
Area of Concentration Electives: 3-6 semester hours chosen under advisement from offerings in Instructional Media
Free Electives: 0-2 semester hours (under advisement)
MASTER OF SCIENCE
Students admitted to this program are required to submit a score for the Miller Analogies Test during the first session of enrollment.
Admission to Degree Candidacy. Before completion of 15 semester hours, application for degree candidacy is made by students who meet the following re- quirements:
1. A 3.00 average in course work.
2. Successful performance on the Miller Analogies Test.
3. Satisfactory performance on a proficiency examination in educational media.
4. Successful completion of a project in the area of concentration.
The Comprehensive Examination. Admission to the comprehensive examination is gained upon admission to degree candidacy, completion of all required courses, and 28 semester hours of work.
Degree Requirements
1. Satisfactory completion of the Master of Science curriculum and an overall average of 3.00.
2. Satisfactory performance on the written comprehensive examination.
3. Successful completion of a project demonstrating professionalism in the candidate's area of concentration.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATIONAL MEDIA
34 Semester Hours
Required Courses: EDM 502, 520, 522, 560, 563, 591 -17 semester hours
Concentration Area: Each student must pursue a concentration of 9 semester hours in one of the four following areas.
A Photography EDM 513, 525, 526, 528
Instructional Media Education/97
B Cinematography. Three courses chosen from EDM 505, 529, 530, 531
C. Television. EDM 533, 534, 535
D. Research in Communications. EDF 500, RES 520, EDM 595, EDM 600
Electlves: 8 semester hours chosen under advisement. The candidate is required to shown competence in, or to take a course in each of the above three areas not chosen for his concentration.
EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SPECIALIST CERTIFICATION
24 Semester Hours
In order to obtain this certificate the student must:
1. Hold a Pennsylvania certificate valid for teaching in the elementary or sec- ondary schools.
2. Complete the state-approved curriculum, which consists of EDM 502, 519, 520, 522, 555, 560, 590, and 4 semester hours of electives taken under advisement.
3. Achieve an overall average of 2.75 in the program.
4. Perform successfully on a final proficiency examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDM
501 Orientation to Educational Media (3) Survey of modern educational meuid with oppor- tunities for laboratory activities
502 Selection and Effective Utilization of Educational Media (3) Evaluates diverse types of educational media and explores means of integrating these media into the instructional situation
505 The Motion Picture in Education (3) History and development of the motion picture, with emphasis on educational motion pictures Cinematographic techniques; the impact of 35 mm., 16 mm , and 8 mm ; the single-concept instructional film An evaluation of diverse types of films as they apply to types of learning
508 Instructional Materials in the Elementary School Curriculum (3) Practice in techniques of using and evaluating communications media in the classroom Correlating audio-visual materials and techniques with the elementary program
511 Programmed Instruction (3) Program writing is stressed in this workshop type course covering the history and psychology of programmed instruction. Trends in programmed in- struction; program evaluation; programming techniques PREREQ: general psychology
513 Producing Auto-Instructional Programs (3) Techniques in the production of slide-tape presentations, audio-tape presentations, 8 mm. magnetic sound film lessons, and other self- teaching sequences. PREREQ: EDM 511, 525
519 Library Science (3) Organization and administration of libraries, with emphasis on in- structional materials. Selecting, cataloguing, and evaluating instructional materials
520 Designing Instructional Materials (3) Techniques of lettering and design for display and projection materials.
522 Production of Non-Projected and Projected Materials (3) Basic local production tech- niques including copying, duplicating, mounting, displaying, and evaluating graphics and flat pictures Investigates techniques for designing and locally producing projectuals; evalu- ates commercial techniques of transparency production PREREQ; EDM 520
524 Advanced Projectual Production (3) Design and production of projectuals using tech- namation, color imbibition, photo-copy, and advanced diazo techniques. Investigation of commercial production of transparencies PREREQ: EDM 522
98/lnstructionai Media Education
525 Photography for Teachers (3) A basic laboratory course in the taking and processing of still pictures
526 Intermediate Photography (3) A Workshop course for those who have had a basic photography course or previous photographic experience This course will stress an aesthet- ic creative approach to black and white and color photography with small format cameras and will involve advanced techniques of exposure, lighting, composition, macrophotog- raphy and film and print processing.
528 Advanced Still Photography (3) Lecture and laboratory experiences in the use of large- format cameras PREREQ: EDM 525
529 instructional Use of the 8 mm. Motion Picture Camera (3) Prepares teachers to pro- duce and/or guide students in the production of 8 mm films
530 Cinematography I (3) Scripting and shooting 16 mm motion pictures
531 Cinematography II (3) Editing and sound recording on 16 mm. films. PREREQ: EDM 530.
533 Television in Education (3) Development of educational television and the instruction- al use of commercial, educational, and closed-circuit television in the classroom
534 Instructional Television Production I (3) Planning, writing, producing, and evaluating instructional television productions PREREQ: EDM 533
535 Instructional Television Production 11 (3) Production of telecasts in selected subject areas with emphasis on videotape recording PREREQ: EDM 534.
555 Learning Theories Related to Educational Media (3) The role of perception in sensory experience; inner congnitive processes in relation to maturation, goals and drives, types of learning, and environment Psychological processes are related to the learning resources provided by educational media
560 Organization and Administration of the Educational Media Program (3) The function of the school's educational media program; selection and evaluation of materials and equip- ment; unit costs; problems of developing and maintaining an efficient operation PREREQ: 1 2 graduate credits in educational media
563 Field Study in Educational Media (3) A scheduled group or individual tour, foreign or domestic, in which students investigate notable installations or projects in educational media
565 Seminar in Education Media (2) Explores current problems m the use of instructional media PREREQ 12 graduate credits in educational media
590 Internship Program in Educational Media (2) Practicum in supervising and implement- ing instructional services PREREQ 18 credits in educational media
591 Seminar in Research in Communications (2) Basic elements of communication theory, applied to audio-visual education. Research in audio-visual communication is analyzed.
595 Independent Studies in Instructional Media (1-3)
600 Research Report (2)
Linguistics
(Interdepartmental Area)
Dr. Falgie and Dr. Smith, Program Coordinators
LINGUISTrCS GROUP
Diane O. Casagrande John T. Kelly Willie E. Page, Jr.
(Speech and Theatre) (English) (English)
W. Stephen Croddy Benjamin Nunez Philip D. Smith, Jr.
(Philosophy) (Foreign Languages) (Foreign Languages)
Joseph Falgie, Jr.
(English)
Although West Chester presently offers no degree in linguistics, students inter- ested in developing a concentration in this area may elect courses from the following list. For additional information consult one of the coordinators.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: LIN
501 Introduction to Linguistics (3) Basic concepts of language description, classification, change, reconstruction, dialectology, and sociolinguistics.
503 Phonology and Morphology (3) Phonetics, phonemics, morphophonemics, and the morphological composition of words.
504 Syntax (3) A comparative study of the various modern approaches to the study of grammar PREREQ: LIN 501 or ENC 575
505 Transformational Grammar (3) Basic concepts of transformational theory and their application in teaching PREREQ: LIN 501 or ENG 575.
506 Meaning in Language (also PH I 506) (3) See PH I 506
512 Descriptive Linguistics (3) Analysis of the phonemic, morphological, and syntactic fea- tures of typologically divergent languages. Procedures for eliciting linguistically relevant data about a language from a native speaker PREREQ: LIN 503.
515 General Semantics (also SPC 515) (3) See SPC 51 5
523 Philosophy of Language (also PHI 523) (3) See PHI 523
540 Sociolinguistics (also SOC 540) (3) The study of language in its social context: the eth- nography of communication; language and society, social classes, ethnic groups, politics, sex, and education PREREQ: LIN 501 or permission of instructor.
555 Psycholinguistics (also PSY 555) (3) An introduction to the study of the relationships be- tween language and thought Models of language, communication theory, and learning theory. Major emphasis on natural language development and bilingualism.
580 Language and Culture (also ANT 580) (3) Language as an aspect of culture; linguistic- perceptual-cognitive categories; social and psychological aspects of language. PREREQ: LIN 501 or permission of instructor.
590 Independent Study (1-3)
Marine Science
Mr. Ehleiter, Coordinator of Marine Science
As a charter member of the Marine Science Consortium, West Chester State College, along with 17 other colleges and universities, provides opportunities for field studies in marine sciences at Erie, Pennsylvania, and Wallops Island, Vir- ginia. Undergraduate and graduate courses are given each summer in five three- week sessions. The consortium offers courses in navigation, scuba diving, ge- ology, biology, chemistry, and physics as well as research cruises on two ocean- going vessels. Consult the School of Sciences and Mathematics about the ap- plicability of these courses to degree programs within the school.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: MSC
500 Problems in Marine Science (3) The student chooses Option A or Option B Option A: enrollment in an approved 400-ievel course in marine science and completion of an ap- proved research project Option B; an independent research project.
520 Marine Microbiology (3) Sample collection and laboratory techniques in identifica- tion of marine microorganisms; physical nature of marine waters, their effect on microbial populations PREREQ: general microbiology.
530 Coastal Sedimentation (3) Depositional environments Their processes, sediments, facies. PREREQ: introductory course in sedimentation or marine geology, or consent of in- structor.
540 Environmental Sciences Education (3) Eield environmental education Emphasis on coastal zones Sources, facilities, methods, concepts.
570 Research Cruise (3) Approximately one of the three weeks is spent on board the R.V. "Annandale," researching aspects of marine science including biology, geology, marine pol- lution, waste disposal
598 Topics in Marine Science (1-3) One-week survey of remote sensing techniques for study of the coastal environment Seminars by NASA personnel in the ERTS program. PRE- REQ: one year of physics.
Mathematical Sciences
Mr. Milliman, Acting Chairperson
Dr. Mandelbaum, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Richard G. Branton, Ph.D , University of Pennsylvania Albert E. Filano, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Frank Grosshans, Ph.D., University of Chicago Sebastian S. Koh, Ph.D., University of California James E. L'heureux, Ph.D., Louisiana State University Eli M. Mandelbaum, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Michael Montemuro, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Thomas Egan, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Wesley E. Fasnacht, M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo
John J. Kerrigan, D.Ed., Temple University
Frank E. Milliman, A.M., Columbia University
Joseph G. Moser, M.S., Purdue University
John W. Weaver, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
Sol Weiss, M.A., Columbia University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
James D. Fabrey, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Ronnie L. Morgan, Ph.D., University of Missouri
The Department of Mathematical Sciences offers the Master of Arts degree with options in pure mathematics, mathematics education, and applied computer sci- ence.
The first option is for students interested in furthering their mathematical background and provides the foundation for continued work in mathematics leading to the Ph.D. degree in pure mathematics.
The second option is primarily directed to teachers of mathematics who wish to strengthen their background in mathematics and mathematics education; in addition it provides the foundation for the Doctor of Arts or the Ph.D. degree in mathematics education.
The last option is primarily for secondary mathematics or science teachers, preparing them for computer technology and its applications. Students with backgrounds other than teaching may tailor their programs to satisfy their partic- ular needs and professional goals.
The department also cooperates with the School of Education in offering the Master of Education degree in mathematics.
Admission to the M.A. Program
In addition to meeting the basic admission requirements of the college, appli- cants—prior to enrollment — must schedule an interview with the department chairperson. Applicants must present a minimum of 30 semester hours of mathe- matics including a full treatment of calculus and at least one advanced under- graduate course in modern algebra and one in advanced calculus. Deficiencies in these areas may be removed by successfully completing MAT 512 — Modern Al-
102/Mathematical Sciences
gebra and/or MAT 541 —Advanced Calculus. At the discretion of the department, Graduate Record Examinations may be required.
Admission to the M.Ed. Program
In addition to meeting the basic admission requirements of the college, appli- cants—prior to enrollment — must schedule an interview with the department chairperson. Applicants must present a minimum of 24 semester hours of mathe- matics including a full treatment of calculus and at least one advanced under- graduate course in modern algebra or advanced calculus. Deficiencies in these areas may be removed by successfully completing MAT 512 — Modern Algebra or MAT 541 —Advanced Calculus.
Requirements for The M.A. and M.Ed. Degrees
In addition to completing the course requirements shown below, candidates for either degree must pass a comprehensive oral examination.
MASTER OF ARTS IN MATHEMATICS
30 Semester Hours
Core Courses: Candidates in all options are required to take 9 semester hours in- cluding MAT 515, 545, and either MAT 575 or an approved course in statistics ot applied mathematics.
Required Courses 1 2 semester hours
A. Pure Mathematics Option: MAT 516, 535, 546, 575 (or 576 if 575 is selected for Core).
B. Mathematics Education Option: MTE 504, 507, 508, and one of the following: MTE 505, 551, or 552.
C Applied Computer Science Option: as specified by student's graduate com- mittee chairperson depending on student's background and experience.
Electives (9 semester hours): Chosen under advisement from the course offerings below bearing the prefix MAT or STA except MAT 503, 51 2, and 541 .
Modifications in this program may be made with the approval of the depart- ment chairperson.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN MATHEMATICS
34 Semester Hours
The candidate must satisfy the requirements as outlined on page 129
In the area of concentration (20-22 semester hours) MAT 515, 545, MTE 507, and either MTE 508 or 509 are required Electives (8-10 semester hours) are cho- sen under advisement from the course offerings below bearing the prefix MAT or STA.
Modifications in the area of concentration may be made with the approval of the department chairperson.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMPUTER SCIENCE
Symbol: CSC
501 Introduction to Computers (3) Prepares the student to program and use the computer
Mathematical Sciences/103
for his various needs. Several computers and programming languages are considered Pri- marily for non-mathematics majors.
505 Introduction to Computer Science (3) Introduction to the basic concepts of program- ming and digital computer usage Emphasis is on the manipulation of data The student solves many types of computing problems PREREQ: two years of high school algebra
506 Computer Organization & Programming (3) Analysis of basic computer organization with respect to programming An in-depth study of a specific computers hardware and its associated assembly language is made PREREQ: CSC 505 (or consent of instructor)
507 Algorithmic Languages I — Structured Programming (3) The COBOL language is used to study the techniques of structuring a program to assure program correctness Suitable business applications are investigated to illustrate the benefits and power of well-structured programs PREREQ: CSC 505 (or consent of instructor and equivalent of CSC 501)
508 Algorithmic Languages M (3) Analysis and comparison of the structure of several prob- lem oriented languages, usually chosen from FORTRAN, APL, ALGOL, OR PL/I. Additionally one of the following special purpose languages is also investigated: SNOBOL, LISP, SLIP PREREQ: CSC 506 (or equivalent or consent of instructor).
510 Computer Programming and Numerical Methods (3) Algorithmic methods The compu- ter is used to solve a variety of numerical and non-numerical problems PREREQ: CSC 501 (or equivalent) and one year of calculus
511 Firmware (3) Study of the hardware characteristics of general purpose digital comput- ers and related equipment with particular emphasis on microprogramming PREREQ: CSC 508 (or equivalent)
521 Data Base Management Systems (3) Detailed study of the characteristics of general- ized data management systems, including a survey of some of the systems in widespread use Emphasis is placed on techniques for improving the interface between a manager and the information he needs to make decisions through easy-to-use generalized reporting sys- tems PREREQ: CSC 508 (or equivalent)
525 Systems Design (4) The student designs and implements an information system This project involves the complete system development cycle: analysis, design, programming with documentation, implementation and follow-up PREREQ: CSC 521 approval by com- puter science committee of a detailed pro)ect proposal
531 Operating Systems (3) Operating systems and their user characteristics are studied. Maintenance of a complex operating system with emphasis on the important trade-offs made in tuning the system Details of core and file management, system accounting, and other user-related services PREREQ: CSC 508 (or equivalent)
535 On-Line Computing (3) Design, implementation, and modification of information sys- tems in an on-line environment File management systems and data structures appropriate to real-time computing with particular emphasis on back-up and recovery techniques PRE- REQ: CSC 508 (or equivalent)
536 Data Communications (3) Study of the hardware and software characteristics of equip- ment used to provide communication between computers and remote terminals. PREREQ: CSC 508 (or equivalent).
541 Compiler Construction (3) Translation, loading, and execution of a higher-level lan- guage Syntax analysis of simple expressions and statements Organization of a compiler, in- cluding compile-time and run-time symbol tables, error diagnostics, and object code optimi- zation Design and implementation of a simple compiler PREREQ: CSC 508 (or equivalent).
550 Computers in Education (3) The use of the computer as an aid to the educator The stu- dent will receive "hands-on" instruction in the use of CMI, CAI, simulations and educational administrative systems including scheduling, financial accounting, guidance, testing, and li- braries
561 Simulation (3) Computer simulation utilizing logical, numerical, and Monte Carlo modeling to represent systems Use of special languages to simulate actual systems PRE- REQ: CSC 501 (or equivalent), calculus, linear algebra and statistics
104/Mathematical Sciences
571 Computer Graphics (3) Construction and manipulation of prototypes for graphical dis- play purposes PREREQ: CSC 501 (or equivalent) and calculus and linear algebra
590 Independent Project (1-5) The student designs and implements a realistic, fairly com- plex software system Project problems are drawn from local industry and college depart- ments Each project is supervised by a computer science faculty member PREREQ; consent of instructor
595 Topics in Computer Science (3) Topics announced at time of offering PREREQ: con- sent of instructor
599 Independent Study (1-4) Student, in conjunction with professor, selects topics to be studied in depth via literature search and reading of pertinent articles PREREQ: consent of instructor.
MATHEMATICS
Symbol: MAT
503 History of Mathematics (3) Development of mathematics from prehistoric time to present. Emphasis on changes in the mainstreams of mathematical thought through the ages
506 Fundamentals of Mathematics for Physics (3) A critical examination of mathematics from the viewpoint of its physical applications.
512 Modern Algebra (3) For students with background deficiencies in algebra Abstract mathematical systems studied include groups, rings, and fields
513 Linear Algebra (3) Vectors, vector spaces, determinants, linear transformations, ma- trices, bilinear and quadratic forms PREREQ: MAT 512 (or equivalent)
514 Theory of Numbers (3) Elementary number theory and selected topics in analytic num- ber theory
515 Algebra I (3) Elements of abstract algebra. Croups, commutative ring theory, modules, and associative algebras over commutative rings. PREREQ: MAT 51 2 (or equivalent)
516 Algebra 11 (3) A continuation of MAT 515 Vector spaces, representation theory, and Galois theory PREREQ: MAT 515
517 Topics in Algebra (3) Advanced algebraic theories Homological algebra, algebraic ge- ometry, and algebraic number theory PREREQ: MAT 516.
532 Modern Geometry (3) Foundations of geometry Axiomatics and the structure of a geo- metric system Euclidean geometry from the standpoint of the Euclid and Hilbert postulates Certain topics in projective and hyperbolic geometry
533 Projective Geometry (3) An algebraic approach to projective geometry Invariant theory, projective spaces, conies and quadratic forms, subgeometries of real projective geo- metry
535 Topology (3) Filters, nets, separation axioms, compactness, connectedness, uniform spaces
536 Algebraic Topology (3) Algebraic topological invariants Homotopy theory; simplicial, singular and Cech homology; cohomology theories PREREQ: MAT 516, MAT 535
541 Advanced Calculus (3) For students with background deficiencies in analysis Ordinary and uniform limits; sequences of functions; the Riemann integral.
543 Topics in Differential Equations (3) Advanced topics Existence and uniqueness theorems, stability theory, singular points, regular singular points, Sturm separation theorem, and the "method of Liapunov "
545 Real Analysis I (3) A rigorous study of real valued functions of real variables PREREQ: MAT 541 (or equivalent)
546 Real Analysis II (3) Continuation of MAT 545 PREREQ MAT 545.
Mathematical Sciences/105
570 Mathematical Models in the Life, Physical, and Social Sciences (3) Techniques and ra- tionales of model building Applications to the life, physical, and social sciences.
572 Proseminar (3) Seminar in generating and solving problems in mathematics.
575 Complex Analysis I (3) A rigorous study of complex valued functions of complex vari- ables
576 Complex Analysis II (3) Continuation of MAT 575 PREREQ: MAT 575.
581 Methods of Applied Mathematics (3) Vector analysis, complex analysis Fourier analy- sis, and Sturm-Liouville Theory
583 Operations Research and Applied Mathematics (3) Topics in applied mathematics Lin- ear and dynamic programming, game theory, extreme value problems, inventory, allocation, and queuing and search problems.
599 Independent Study (1-3)
610 Thesis (3-6)
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
Symbol: MTE
501 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics I (3) Selected topics which reflect the spirit of the modern mathematics currently taught in the elementary school PREREQ: a one-semes- ter undergraduate course in modern mathematics
502 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics 11 (3) Topics selected by mutual decision of students and professor on the basis of the experience in MTE 501 . PREREQ: MTE 501
504 Research in Mathematics Education (3) Techniques of research m mathematics educa- tion Analysis of types of research; selection of a problem; formulation of a plan of investi- gation and report, including statistical analysis
505 Research Techniques in Mathematics Education (3) Statistical principles in experimen- tal design General linear model correlation, regression, statistical inference, analysis of var- iance, factorial designs Critiques of current literature
507 Current Trends in Teaching Mathematics (3) Philosophy, techniques, subject matter, and effectiveness of current secondary school mathematics courses examined against the changing character of American society and technology
508 Topics in Mathematics Education (3) Topics announced in advance Typical topics in- clude: teaching mathematics to the slow learner, methods of research in mathematics edu- cation, mathematics laboratories, and individualized instruction
509 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3) Topics depend upon student interest Student presentations required; informal discussion encouraged Guests, including secondary school principals and mathematics curriculum coordinators, frequently participate
510 Algebra for the Elementary Teacher (3) An introduction to modern algebra Topics in- clude a comparative study of mathematical systems PREREQ: MTE 501 (or equivalent)
530 Geometry for the Elementary Teacher (3) Basic concepts in geometry Euclidean geom- etry and postulative systems PREREQ MTE 501 (or equivalent)
550 Topics in Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers (3) In-depth coverage of topics in mathematics introduced in grades K-8 Topics include: number theory, probability, statis- tics, inequalities, introduction to the computer Emphasis among these and inclusion of ad- ditional topics depend upon student preparation and need PREREQ MTE 501 (or equiva- lent)
551 Mathematics for the Disadvantaged (3) Examination of current programs in mathemat- ics for the disadvantaged; discussion of the pertinent research literature; development of materials and techniques for teaching the disadvantaged
552 Materials for Teaching Secondary School Mathematics (3) Examination of available
106/Mathematical Sciences
commercial materials for the teachmg of mathematics; creation of new and original mate- rials for specific mathematical concepts and specific needs of class members
553 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics (3) In-depth treatment of strategies, meth- ods, and materials for teaching the following concepts in an elementary classroom: place value; addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division of whole numbers; measurement; elementary number theory; geometry; fractions; integers PREREQ: MTE 501 (or equivalent).
554 Current Trends in Teaching Elementary School Mathematics (3) History and develop- ment of the modern elementary school mathematics programs Theories and findings of re- cent and contemporary learning theorists are investigated. Modern organizational strategies surveyed include team teaching, individualized instruction, open space, etc. Contemporary instructional strategies such as individualized learning systems, mathematics laboratories, individually prescribed instruction, etc., are studied. PREREQ: MTE 501 (or equivalent).
555 Modern Techniques of Teaching Elementary School Mathematics (3) Methods of pre- senting the new mathematics curricula in the elementary grades Surveys modern tech- niques such as Individualized Learning Systems, mathematics laboratories, auto-instruction, etc. PREREQ: MTE 501 (or equivalent)
556 Development of Mathematics Curricula in the Elementary Grades (3) For the develop- ment of a specialty in modern elementary school mathematics education Curriculum devel- opment techniques; selection and analysis of materials; individualization of instructional programs, techniques, and media PREREQ: MTE 501 (or equivalent)
558 Teaching Mathematics in the Junior High School (3) Methods and materials for teach- ing the concepts of middle school and junior high school mathematics Objectives are devel- oped, and serve as the basis for all course work. Current textbooks, achievement tests, and audio-visual materials are reviewed
560 Teaching Algebra in the Secondary School (3) Methods and materials for teaching the concepts of first and second year algebra. Emphasis on relevant applications to real-life situ- ations. Objectives as well as criterion-referenced test items are developed for pre-algebra as well as for the two algebra courses. Current textbooks achievement tests, and audio-visual materials on algebraic topics are reviewed
562 The Laboratory Approach to Teaching Elementary School Mathematics (3) The mate- rials-oriented approach to teaching elementary school mathematics, including cuisenaire rods, the geoboard, attribute games, tangrams, multibase blocks Emphasis on learner's par- ticipation in activities directly related to mathematics of the elementary school Use of ma- terials extends to all grade and ability levels
563 Use of the Mathematics Laboratory in the Secondary School (3) Laboratory investiga- tions and the curriculum; planning laboratory investigations; facilities for the laboratory ap- proach; assessing the effectiveness of this approach with the low, average, and high achiev- er in the secondary school
564 Individualizing Instruction in Secondary School Mathematics (3) Analysis of current programs for individualizing instruction in secondary school mathematics (IDEA, PLAN, Nova, Research for Better Schools, and Coatesville Project); analysis and development of an individualized instruction unit with performance objectives, criterion-referenced test items, media orientation, and appropriate tools for evaluation
567 Teaching Geometry in the Secondary School (3) Methods and materials for teaching the concepts of geometry in the secondary school Emphasis on the development of relevant applications of the concepts of geometry in real-life situations
568 Seminar for Secondary School Mathematics Teachers (3) Selected topics of current in- terest m secondary school mathematics for the in-service teacher
569 Seminar for Elementary School Mathematics Teachers (3) Selected topics of current in- terest in elementary school mathematics for the in-service teacher.
599 Independent Study (1-3)
610 Thesis (3-6)
Mathematical Sciences/107
STAirSTICS
Symbol: STA
521 Statistics I (3) For non-mathematics majors Emphasis on applications to education, psychology, and the sciences Distributions, measures of central tendency and variability, correlation, regression and hypothesis testing, other topics
523 Mathematical Statistics I (3) A rigorous treatment of probability spaces and an intro- duction to the estimation of parameters
524 Mathematical Statistics II (3) Continuation of STA 523 Correlation, sampling, tests of significance, analysis of variance, other topics. PREREQ: STA 523
525 Probability (3) An advanced approach to the elements of probability Discrete and continuous random variables, probability distributions, sampling distributions
599 Independent Study (1-3)
COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC)
501 Introduction to Computers
550 Computers in Education
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION (MTE)
501 Fundamental Concepts of Mathe- matics I
502 Fundamental Concepts of Mathe- matics II
510 Algebra for the Elementary
Teacher 530 Geometry for the Elementary
Teacher 550 Topics in Mathematics for
Elementary School Teachers
553 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
554 Current Trends in Teaching Ele- mentary School Mathematics
555 Modern Techniques of Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
556 Development of Mathematics Curricula in the Elementary Grades
SERVICE COURSES IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
558
Teaching Mathematics in the Junior High School
559 Mathematical Logic and Prob- ability Concepts for Secondary School Teachers
560 Teaching Algebra in the Secondary School
561 Calculus for Teachers I
562 The Laboratory Approach to Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
563 Use of the Mathematics Labora- tory in the Secondary School
564 Individualizing Instruction in Secondary School Mathematics
567 Teaching Geometry in the Secondary School
568 Seminar for Secondary School Mathematics Teachers
569 Seminar for Elementary School Mathematics Teachers
STATISTICS (STA) 521-2 Statistics l-ll
Music
Charles A. Sprenkle, Dean
Alexander Antonowich, Associate Dean
Ira C. Singleton, Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Research
Department of Music Education
Dr. Carey, Chairperson
Professors
Alexander Antonowich, Ed.D., Columbia University Margaretta A. Carey, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University Richard C. Merrell, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University Ira C. Singleton, Ph.D., New York University
C. Wayne Stringer, Ed.D., Columbia University; Diploma in Kodaly, Danube Bend University
Associate Professors
Carol Belmain, MS., Ithaca College
Assistant Professors
John C. Collins, M.A., Montclair State College Sara M. Northeimer, Ed. M., Temple University
Department of Music History and Literature
Dr. Schmidt, Chairperson
Professors
Constantine Johns, Ed.D., Columbia University Frederick C. Pf lieger^ Ph.D., West Virginia University Liselotte M. Schmidt, Ed.D., Columbia University James R. Wells, Ed.D., Columbia University
Associate Professor
Sterling Murray, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Department of Music Theory and Composition
Dr. Wright, Chairperson
Professors
Shirley A. Munger, DMA., University of Southern California; Diploma in piano,
Conservatoire Nationale de Musique (Paris) Harry Wilkinson, Ph.D., Eastman School of Music James J. Wright, Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
Associate Professor
Charles D. Gangemi, M.A., University of Pennsylvania Sister M. Teresine Haban, Ph.D., Eastman School of Music Larry A. Nelson, Ph.D., Michigan State University James D. Sullivan, M.A., Eastman School of Music
Assistant Professor
Barbara Coeyman, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
Department of Instrumental Music
Dr. Barrow, Chairperson
Professors
Edward A. Barrow. Ph.D., Wesf Virginia University
Music/109
Irving Hersch Cohen, Ph.D , New York University
Associate Professors
Richard A Boerhn, M.S., University of Illinois
Eugene Klein, M.M.E., Indiana University
Kenneth L. Laudermilch, DMA, Catholic University of America
H. Lee Southall, M.A., Trenton State College
Assistant Professors
Terry E. Cuidetti, M.Mus., Northwestern University
Ted Hegvik, M.M., University of Michigan
Harrison C. Roper, M.Mus., Catholic University of Annerica
Instructors
Tyrone Breuninger, MM., Temple University Joseph A. Goebel, Jr., B.S., Millersville State College Sylvia Moss, MM., Indiana University Emily T. Swartley, M.Mus., Temple University
Department of Keyboard Music
Dr. Veleta, Chairperson
Professors
Robert E. Pennington, Mus.D., Northwestern University Robert Schick, A. Mus.D., Eastman School of Music Charles A. Sprenkle, D.Mus.A., Peabody Conservatory of Music Richard K. Veleta, D.Mus., Northwestern University
Associate Professors
Robert M. Bedford, MS., The juilliard School
Helen Hales, M Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music
Donna F. McHugh, M.Mus , Catholic University of America
Praxiteles Pandel, M.S., The juilliard School
Shirley T. Pethes, M.Mus., Indiana University
Jacques C. Voois, M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music
Naomi L. Weiss, M.S., The Juilliard School
W. Benjamin Whitten, M.Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music
Assistant Professor
Marian Buck-Lew, DMA., West Virginia University
Instructors
Robert C Lucas, MM, University of Michigan Rhonda Ward, MM., University of Texas
Department of Vocal and Choral Music
Mr. Sweet, Chairperson
Associate Professors
Lois W. Alt, M.Mus., University of Michigan W. Larry Dorminy, D.Mus., Indiana University Mary Lou Frenz, M.Mus., Westminster Choir College H. Raymond Friday, M.Mus., Diploma, Academy of Vocal Arts Emil M Markow, M.A., Columbia University Jane E Sheppard, M.Mus., Indiana University Roy D. Sweet, M.Mus., Eastman School of Music Joy Vandever, M.Ed., West Chester State College C. Alan Wagner, M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
Lois M. Williams, M.A., Columbia University; Fulbright Scholar (Germany 1953- 1955)
110/Music
Assistant Professor
Stella F. Conaway, M.Mus., The Philadelphia Academy of Music
The School of Music offers programs leading to the Master of Music degree with concentrations in music education, performance, music theory, or composi- tion; and the Master of Arts degree in history and literature of music. Course selections to meet degree requirements are made by candidates on consultation with their advisors and with due consideration of the candidate's goals, abilities, needs, and interests.
Admission to Degree Programs in Music
In addition to meeting basic college requirements, stated in Admissions, appli- cants for degree programs are considered on the basis of academic record, inter- views, preliminary tests, and auditions. Prior to enrollment:
All applicants must (1) possess appropriate undergraduate degrees and may be required to remedy not more than 12 credits of undergraduate deficiency if the undergraduate degree is not in the area of the intended graduate degree; (2) schedule interviews with the associate dean for graduate studies and research of the School of Music.
Performance applicants: (1) schedule an interview with the chairperson of the appropriate applied music department; (2) submit a repertoire list; (3) demon- strate performance ability at an advanced level by performing for an audition committee.
Theory and/or Composition applicants: (1) schedule an interview with the chairperson of the Department of Music Theory and Composition; (2) demonstrate sufficient pianistic ability to meet the demands of the program. Composition applicants must, in addition, submit original works showing tech- nical facility in composition.
Music History and Literature applicants: (1) schedule an interview with the chairperson of the Department of Music History and Literature; (2) arrange for the required test in basic principles of music history and style-critical analysis.
Explanation of Numbering System
Course numbers indicate areas of study in music as follows:
500-510 Core Requirements
511-539 Music Education
540-589 Applied Music
590-599 Pedagogy
600-649 Literature and History
650-679 Music Theory
680-699 Research
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Note:
Each degree candidate is individually responsible for satisfying degree candi- dacy and graduation requirements stated elsewhere in this catalog, and for meet- ing deadline dates for the May, August, or December graduation, as appropriate.
MASTER OF MUSIC DEGREE IN MUSIC EDUCATION. Students may choose
Music/111
either the thesis program of 30 semester hours or the non-thesis program of 34 semester hours. Both programs require completion of 15 credits in five core courses: Music 500, 501, 502, 503, 510. Additional course requirements are:
Thesis program: 3 credits in music education; 3 credits in applied music; 3 credits in music electives; 6 credits in research (Music 691 , 692, 699). Non-thesis program: 3 credits in music education, 3 credits in applied music; 6-9 credits in music electives; 0-3 credits in unrestricted electives; 4 credits in re- search (Music 691 , 692, 698).
MASTER OF MUSIC DEGREE IN PERFORMANCE. All programs require com- pletion of 6 credits in two core courses (Music 501, 502); 17-19 credits in one of the areas of concentration described below; 3-4 credits of unrestricted electives; 2 credits in recital (Music 697).
Piano Concentration: 10 credits in individual lessons at the advanced level. Piano 565-569; 6 credits in keyboard literature chosen from Music 601, 602, 603, 604; 2-3 credits chosen from Music 546, 551, 590.
Organ Concentration: 10 credits in individual lessons at the advanced level. Organ 565-69; 6 credits in organ literature; 3 credits chosen from Organ 551, Organ 590.
Voice Concentration: 10 credits in individual lessons at the advanced level, Voice 565-569; 7-9 credits chosen from Music 546, 554, 555, 556, 557, 591, 605, 606, 628, 632, 654; 2-3 credits chosen from Music 556 or 557, 606, 632, 654.
Instrumental Concentration: 10 credits in individual lessons at the advanced level. Music 565-569; 2 credits in ensemble. Music 546; 5-6 credits chosen from Music 556 or 557, 592, 593, 600, 607, 608, 609, 650, 651 .
MASTER OF MUSIC DEGREE IN THEORY OR COMPOSITION. Both programs require completion of 6 credits in two core courses (Music 501, 502); 17-18 credits in one of the areas of concentration described below; 3-4 credits of unrestricted electives; 3-4 credits in research (Music 692 and 699, Thesis, for Theory; Composi- tion 699 for Composition).
Theory Concentration: 11 credits in required courses, including Music 653, 654, one course in advanced composition chosen from Music 656-658, 663; 6 credits in directed electives chosen from Music 550, 595, 651, 652, 655, 659, 660.
Composition Concentration: 12 credits in required courses. Music 651, 654, 656, 657; 5-6 credits in directed electives chosen from Music 595, 652, 653, 655, 658, 660, 663.
MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE. 6 credits in two core courses (Music 501, 502); 9 credits in three courses offered by the De- partment of Music History and Literature; 7 credits in research and bibliography courses; 8 credits in electives (music and related disciplines).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: MUS (unless otherwise shown)
500 Methods and Materials of Research (3) Basic techniques and procedures Major types of research Methods for locating, evaluating, and interpreting evidence Preparation of a re- search outline Offered fall, summer, 1979.
501 Aspects of Musical Style I (3) Selected master works from the Middle Ages through the
112/Music
late 18th century The influence of these works on musical thinking, historical, and tech- nical. Offered fall summer, 1979.
502 Aspects of Musical Style II (3) Selected master works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Offered spring, summer, 1979.
503 Philosophical Foundations of Music Education (3) Historical and philosophical founda- tions of music education Application of principles of education to music Major emphasis on development of a philosophy of the discipline. Offered fall, 1978; summer, 1979.
510 Current Trends in Music Education (3) Present practices and emerging developments in music education Offered spring, summer, 1979
511 Vitalizing Music in the Elementary School (3) Study of song series, instruments, and materials in current use in the elementary classroom.
512 Teaching Music Listening at the Elementary Level (3) For the elementary classroom and music teacher Teaching elements of music and musical concepts, and developing aes- thetic sensitivity through listening.
513 Music Education in the Elementary School (3) For the music educator Problems, proce- dures, and materials in the elementary school classroom PREREQ: elementary music meth- ods, teaching experience.
514 Music Education in the Secondary School (3) The music curriculum in the secondary school. Emphasis on conceptual learning, structured curriculum, independent study, aes- thetic experience and current materials PREREQ; secondary school music methods, teach- ing experience
516 Administration and Supervision of School Music (3) Administrative problems, cur- ricular content and scheduling, in-service training of teachers, and specialized supervisory techniques for the music curriculum PREREQ: teaching experience
517 Psychology of Music (3) In-depth study of learning theories as related to music educa- tion and the nature of music
520 Classroom Materials for Music Programs (3) Evaluation of the newest materials for music education
522 Music in the Middle School (3) Review and critical analysis of music education in the middle school: philosophies; curriculum; practices; personnel.
523 Elementary Orff Techniques (3) Basic Orff melodic and rhythmic techniques for the elementary classroom Emphasis on developing concepts for individual teaching situations
525 Elementary Kodaly Techniques (3) Basic Kodaly techniques Adaptation of teaching procedures for elementary school: rhythm; melody; movement; improvisation
526 Intermediate Kodaly Techniques (3) Continuation of MUS 525. PREREQ: MUS 525
527 Projects to Individualize Music Classes (3) Evaluating learners and prescribing mean- ingful modes of instruction for individuals and small groups
529 Instrument Repairs (3) For instrumental teachers. Stresses proper instrument care, pre- ventive maintenance, adjustments, and minor repairs possible with basic equipment and minimal mechanical skill
530 Classroom Guitar Pedagogy (3) Analysis and experience in pedagogical approaches for the music classroom teacher where guitar is part of the music curriculum. Exploration of alternative approaches used in teaching large or small groups Performance at indicated levels commensurate with ability in solo and/or ensemble
532 Related-Arts Pedagogy in Music Education (3) Historical background of the related- arts movement Principles of related-arts teachmg related to musical elements, forms and styles, with appropriate teaching techniques at specified grade levels Materials for school music programs: basal music series, other texts and literature, resources in related arts. Demonstration lessons and unit planning
542-45 Concert Choir, Concert Band, Marching Band, Symphonic Band, Symphony Or-
Music/113
chestra, Wind Ensemble [l) (Prefixes: COB Band, COC Choir, SB A Band. SYO Orchestra, WIN Wind Ensemble)
Participation in preparation of programs for concert performance PREREQ: previous per- formance in appropriate organizations and/or admission by audition
546 Ensembles in Piano, Voice, Woodwinds, Brass, Strings, Percussion, or Mixed (2)
(Prefixes: KEN Keyboard, VEN Vocal. PEN Percussion. BEN Brass. WEN Woodwind. SEN String. MEN Mixed]
Study and performance in selected ensembles arranged to the specific needs of the students. PREREQ: performance ability
548-49 Class Lessons in Woodwinds, Brass, Percussion, or Strings (2)
(Prefixes: BRC Brass. STC Strings. PEC Percussion. WWC Woodwinds] Teaching techniques for each instrumental family
550 Advanced Keyboard Harmony (3) Use of the piano as a tool in the teaching of music theory Includes chorale harmonization, examples of the traditional sonorities, contrapuntal exercises, "free style" improvisation, and use of contemporary techniques
551 Accompanying (3) Principles and problems of accompanying Vocal and instrumental literature Studio accompanying at all levels of difficulty PREREQ: consent of instructor.
552 Vocal Diction I (3) English, Italian, and Latin diction A laboratory course to establish correct pronunciation in singing The phonetics of these languages are used in selected song repertoire
553 Vocal Diction II (3) French and German diction A laboratory course, as described in MUS 529. MUS 529 is not prerequisite
554-55 Opera Workshop (3) Techniques of producing musical plays Course study of music and acting only Preparation of roles, coaching, conducting rehearsals The workshop expe- rience may lead to a public performance of the material studied
556-57 Advanced Conducting (2) Study and application of techniques Ability is developed to read and conduct full scores of major works for large groups CCO, Choral, ICO, Instru- mental PREREQ: undergraduate conducting.
558 Master Classes in Piano, Organ, Voice, Woodwinds, Brass, Percussion, or Strings (1-2) (Prefixes: MAK Keyboard. MAC Organ. MAV Voice. MAB Brass. MAP Percussion. MAS Strings, MAW Woodwinds) Discussion and performance of literature in the student's current repertoires
559-60 Individual Lessons at the Minor Level in Piano, Organ, Voice, Woodwinas, Brass, Percussion, or Strings (1) individual half-hour lessons in all areas,* once weekly An elective course for all graduate students
561-64 Individual Lessons at the Major Level in Piano, Organ, Voice, Woodwinds, Brass, Percussion, or Strings (1-2) Individual half-hour lessons in all areas * Continued study in the development of repertoire and performing skills Students may be given permission to regis- ter for two course numbers in the same semester, earning the second credit by doing addi- tional outside work and performing in a recital PREREQ completion of the performance major requirements at the undergraduate level or admission bv aiidition
565-69 Individual Lessons at the Advanced Level in Piano, Organ, Voice, Woodwinds, Brass, Percussion, or Strings (2-4) Individual half-hour lessons m all areas,* once weekly Ad- vanced studies leading to a full-length recital at the master s level PREREQ: completion of the performance ma|or requirements for the Bachelor of Music degree and or admission by audition
590 Piano Pedagogy (3) Principles and procedures of piano teaching at all levels Oppor- tunity to teach and prepare criticism PREREQ teaching experience or evidence of suffi- cient pianistic background
591 Vocal Pedagogy (3) Principles and techniques of teaching voice Materials and proce- dures for improving tone quality of the individual and the choral group
"Areas ot performance in applied music piano, organ, voice, tlute. oboe. English horn, clarinet bassoon French horn, saxophone, trumpet, trombone, baritone, tuba, violin, viola, cello, bass, percussion
114/Music
592 Marching Band Techniques and Materials (3) Organization, nnusic materials and pro- cedures for improving tone quality of the individual and the choral group.
593 Projects in String Pedagogy (3) Principles and procedures of string teaching. Problems in teaching string classes. Techniques, materials, and methods. PREREQ: teaching experience or evidence of sufficient background in string performance
594-595 Pedogogy of Music Theory l-ll (3)(3) Techniques and materials for teaching music theory 594 is not prerequisite to 595.
600 Instrumental Literature (3) The philosophic, historical, and practical basis of instru- mental programming Survey of solo, ensemble, band, and orchestral literature
601 Baroque Keyboard Literature (3) The Renaissance through development of variation form and dance suite Emphasis on performance practices, realizing ornament signs and figured basses; transferral to the modern piano; in-depth study of works of Handel, J. S Bach, and D. Scarlatti. Some student performance required. PREREQ: MUS 224 (Keyboard Literature I) or equivalent.
602 Classical Piano Literature (3) Literature for the early piano (1750-1830) Origin and development of the sonata; performance practices of homophonic style Music of the sons of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, and Schubert. Sound and structure of the early piano. Some student performance required PREREQ: MUS 224 (Keyboard Literature I) or equiva- lent
603 Romantic Piano Literature (3) Analysis of piano styles of Chopin, Mendelssohn, Schu- mann, Liszt, Brahms, Faure, Mussorgsky, Tchaikovsky, Rachmaninoff, Granados, Albeniz. Performance practices The virtuoso etude and problems of technical execution. Some student performance required. PREREQ: MUS 225 (Keyboard Literature 1 1) or equivalent
604 Twentieth Century Piano Literature (3) Seminal works and styles of this century De- bussy, Ravel, Prokofiev, Hmdemith, Schoenberg, Bartok, American composers Some stu- dent performance required PREREQ: MUS 21 3 (Theory of Music IV) or equivalent
605 Vocal Literature (3) Classic song literature, lieder, and modern art songs. Illustrated through performance by the instructor and members of the class and by scores and record- ings
606 Choral Literature (3) Representative examples of choral music from the various pe- riods. Research in a selected phase of the literature required
607 Woodwind Literature (3) A comprehensive evaluation of materials for solos and en- sembles through performance by the instructor and members of the class and by use of scores and recordings
608 Brass Literature (3) A survey of solo, ensemble, and orchestral music for brass instru- ments, including consideration of teaching materials
609 String Literature (3) Evaluation of materials for solos and ensembles through perfor- mance by the instructor and members of the class and by use of scores and recordings.
610 African and Afro-American Music (3) Folk music, spirituals, work songs, field hollers, blues, ragtime, jazz, gospel songs, soul music, rock and roll Includes some art music by black composers, PREREQ an introductory music course
622 Music Criticism and Aesthetics (3) The nature of music, includmg philosophies of its meaning Study of music criticism, past and present Exercises in reviewing concerts and re- cordings An elective course for all students
623 Bach and His Works (3) The life of J S Bach, works for organ, keyboard, and other in- struments; cantatas and larger choral works
626 History of Chamber Music (3) The history, forms, and changing styles and media of chamber music from the 16th century to the present. Principal composers are studied.
627 History of Symphonic Music (3) How the symphony orchestra developed from the Bar- oque Period to the present in its function, literature, instrumentation, and performance prac- tices
Music/115
628 History of the Opera (3) The composers and their major contributions to the various schools of opera
629 History of Music in the United States (3) Analysis of music and musical trends in Amer- ica from the Pilgrims to the present
630 Folk and Non-Western Music (3) A study of the music of non-Western cultures and of Western folk music, along with an introduction to ethnomusicology and its research tech- niques.
631 Music of the Medieval Period (3) Development of plainsong and secular monody and beginnings and early history of polyphony to the 14th century Consideration of contempo- rary trends in the visual arts, history, and literature.
632 Music of the Renaissance Period (3) Sacred and secular music in the Age of Dufay; changing forms and styles through the music of the Franco-Flemish Croups; the frottola and related forms; Palestrina and his contemporaries Brief consideration of contemporary trends in the visual arts, history, and literature
633 Music of the Baroque Period (3) Styles and forms of Baroque repertoire; contributions of the major composers; role of music and musicians in the society of the period
634 The Classical Age in Music (3) Changing styles and forms in: the sons of J S Bach; the Viennese pre-classicists; the Mannheim School; opera; Joseph and Michael Haydn, Mozart, and their contemporaries; and the early works of Beethoven.
635 Music in the Romantic Era (3) Flistorical developments during the Romantic Period (circa 1800-1900) Analysis of changes and trends; comparative aspects of new forms
636 Contemporary Music (3) Chronological survey of 20th-century music Development of styles. Technical aspects of changes occurring in melody, rhythm, orchestration, texture, tonality, and form.
637 Problems in Performance Practices (3) History and analysis of special problems in realization and performance of music from the Middle Ages to the present.
650 Advanced Band Arranging (3) Emphasis on arranging for school bands Consideration given to bands with inexperienced performers and limited instrumentation PREREQ: teach- ing experience and a knowledge of orchestration.
651 Advanced Orchestration (3) Original composition or arrangement for orchestra. PREREQ: a knowledge of the instruments of the orchestra and experience in their use.
652 Advanced Musical Form (3) A detailed study of musical form, with emphasis on modifications of sonata form; vocal and instrumental forms of Baroque music; and forms which are unique
653 Advanced Counterpoint (3) Tonal counterpoint. Invention, canon, chorale forms, invertible counterpoint, and fugue PREREQ: Counterpoint I at the undergraduate level
654 Modal Counterpoint I (3) Use of modes, musica ficta, and cadences, in 16th-century music Experience in imitation in two parts, using all note values; double counterpoint; pronunciation and setting of Latin texts.
655 Modal Counterpoint II (3) Continuation of MUS 654 Writing in three and more voices. PREREQ: MUS 654
656-68 Advanced Composition (3) Free composition in larger forms for ensembles, solo voice and chorus, chamber groups, and orchestra PREREQ: MUS 213 (Theory of Music IV) or equivalent.
660 Electronic Music (3) Materials and techniques of electronic music and their use in composition Laboratory experience in the composition of electronic music PREREQ: MUS 412 (Composition I) or equivalent
661 Jazz Practices (3) jazz history, writing, and performance. Survey of basic jazz litera- ture; fundamental techniques in arranging and improvising PREREQ: MUS 213 (Theory of Music IV) or equivalent
662 Serialism and Atonality (3) Compositional procedures and theoretical concepts in^
116/Music
atonal and serial works of Schoenberg, Berg, Webern, Bartok, Stravinsky, and more recent composers. PREREQ: MUS 21 3 (Theory of Music IV) or equivalent
663 Seminar in Music Theory (2) Intensive work in selected areas of music theory. Guid- ance in individual projects leading to significant current developments in theory PREREQ: permission of the chairperson of the Department of Theory and Composition
664 Performance Practices in Contemporary Music (1) A course (1) in which the partici- pants will study technical problems of understanding new notation (eg graphic scores, pro- portional scores, multiphonics, microtones, metric modulation, asymetrical rhythm group- ings, prose scores, etc.) and will develop a reasonable facility in performing scores which in- clude these techniques (2) which will provide an ensemble for which composition students may compose, and (3) which will establish an ensemble which may publicly perform new music.
680 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Significant topics presented by faculty members or visit- ing lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of the seminar group.
681-83 Independent Study in Music (1)(2)(3) Individual research under the guidance of a faculty member PREREQ: permission of instructor
690 Introduction to Research in Music History (3) Bibliographical materials and research methods Ability to read at least one foreign language required
691-92 Research Seminar in Music (2) (1) A research proposal with supporting procedures is developed. Guidance in individual research topics, with tutorial assistance in form and style of research writing.
696 Recital (1) A shared (half) recital open to candidates for the Master of Music degree (Music Education concentration). In lieu of research report. Program notes required. PREREQ: approval by committee examination.
697 Recital (2) A full public recital, demonstrating an understanding of various perfor- mance styles and ability to perform literature from several periods Required of candidates for the Master of Music in applied music PREREQ: approval by committee examination.
698 Research Report (1)
COM 699 Musical Composition (3) An advanced composition of significant proportion, demonstrating skill in creative writing for a chosen medium
699 Thesis in Music Education, Theory, or History and Literature (3)
Philosophy
Dr. Claghorn, Chairperson and Qoordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
George S. Claghorn, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Walter J. Hippie, Ph.D., University of Chicago Thomas W. Piatt, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Stanley Riukas, Ph.D., New York University Frederick R. Struckmeyer, Ph.D., Boston University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
W. Stephen Croddy, Ph.D., Brown University Paul A. Streveler, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
The Department of Philosophy offers a program leading to the Master of Arts in Philosophy. This degree will serve as a foundation for studies leading to a Ph.D. in Philosophy or prepare one for positions in industry, government, or col- lege teaching.
Admission to the Program
In addition to meeting general requirements for admission to a degree pro- gram at West Chester, applicants must present a minimum of 12 hours of under- graduate philosophy, including courses in history of ancient philosophy, history of modern philosophy, ethics, and logic.
Foreign Language Requirement
Candidates for the MA. must demonstrate a reading proficiency in French, German, or Spanish.
Final Examination Requirement
A comprehensive, written final examination is required. This will cover four fields; (1) Metaphysics; (2) any two from: Logic, Ethics, Aesthetics, Philosophy of Language, Philosophy of Science, or American Philosophy; and (3) any one from: Plato, Aquinas, Kant, or Wittgenstein
MASTER OF ARTS IN PHILOSOPHY
30 Semester Hours
All candidates are required to take PHI 511 and a seminar selected from PHI 640, 641, 642, or 643. Beyond these requirements the student has the choice of a thesis or non-thesis program.
The thesis program requires 9-12 semester hours in philosophy; 3-6 semester hours of electives, chosen from philosophy or related courses; and the thesis (PHI 610) for 6 semester hours.
The non-thesis program specifies 15-18 semester hours in the philosophy con- centration and 3-6 semester hours of electives (philosophy or related)
118/Philosophy
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: PHI
506 Meaning in Language (also LIN 506) (3) A discussion of topics having to do with mean- ing in everyday oral communication.
510 Existentialism (3) Background and themes of current existentialism, as reflected in Kierkegaard, Jaspers, Marcel, Heidegger, and Sartre. Evaluation of existentialism and its im- pact on contemporary literature, drama, art, and society.
511 Philosophic Concepts (3) Basic concepts of the philosophic enterprise: form, matter, the categories, cause, and purpose Relation of premises to method and conclusions. Rival theories are compared for justification and adequacy
512 Contemporary Ethical Theories (3) Examination of various ethical theories of our time: pragmatism, evolution, idealism, hedonism, natural law, and other schools Practical appli- cations are made to such problems as authority, punishment, rights, marriage, and race.
513 History of Aesthetics (3) History of aesthetics, as seen in classic interpretations Ori- gins of art, psychological and sociological; the role of art works in the enrichment of life
514 Philosophy of Religion (3) Dominant trends in religious philosophy of the Western world Religious language, reason and faith, science, the nature of man, the existence of Cod, and mysticism
520 Philosophy of Mind (3) The human mind, according to representative views. Presuppo- sitions and implications, both scientific and philosophic, traced and analyzed The mind- body problem; perception; memory; and the implications of depth psychology
522 Philosophy of Science (also SCI 522) (3) The course begins with case studies in science and derives general principles from them. Scientific law, analogy, models, variant theories, confirmation, and interpretation
523 Philosophy of Language (also LIN 523) (3) Problems of language and oral communica- tion, with emphasis on problems of reference
528 Colonial American Philosophy (3) Early American views of man, the world, and history. European heritage, native adaptations, and developments preparing for the Revolution Em- phasis on Jonathan Edwards as a representative philosopher.
530 Modern American Philosophy (3) Peirce, James, and Dewey; the origin, development, and nature of their philosophy; their influence on American life Pragmatic views of knowl- edge, ethics, law, and society
531 Oriental Philosophy (3) Central figures and classic teachings of Eastern philosophy and religion: Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, and Shintoism; naturalistic and humanistic elements of decisive influence on the culture of the Orient
536 Symbolic Logic (3) Basic principles and methods of symbolic logic Practice in deter- minmg validity of sentential and quantif icational arguments The algebra of classes
590 Independent Studies in Philosophy (3)
610 Thesis (3-6)
640 Plato Seminar (3) Plato's life, development, and doctrines Several chief dialogues from the standpoint of critical interpretations
641 Aquinas Seminar (3) Major themes of St Thomas from the Summa Theologica and the Summa Contra Gentiles. His view of man, the good, the beautiful, the true, the state, the world of Nature, and of Cod
642 Kant Seminar (3) A study of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, with reference to his devel- opment and his contributions to ethics, aesthetics, and philosophy of religion
643 Wittgenstein Seminar (3) A study and evaluation of Wittgenstein's principal works, the Tractatus and Philosophical Investigations; his influence; the implications of his work for perennial problems of philosophy
Physical Science Program
(Interdepartmental)
Program Coordinators: Dr. Mederios (Chemistry), Dr. Greenberg (Earth Sciences), Dr. Smith (Physics)
A degree program designed primarily for those who teach the physical sciences in secondary school or junior college is given on an interdepartmental basis through the Departments of Chemistry, Earth Sciences, and Physics.
Leading to the Master of Arts degree, the program makes it possible for stu- dents to plan a sequence of studies meeting their individual needs. This may be accomplished either through selections from each of the disciplines or by con- centrating in one of them.
Entrance Requirements
Students entering the program are normally expected to have a bachelor's de- gree in science or science education and, if teaching in the public schools, a valid teaching certificate.
MASTER OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE
34 Semester Hours
Science education requirements for the program must be met with SCE 500 — Modern Trends in Science Education and PHS 502 — Modern Trends in Teaching Physical Science. A science elective area of at least 29 semester hours is developed, under advisement, from selections in chemistry, earth sciences, ma- rine science, and physics. It is also possible to concentrate the elective area in either chemistry, earth sciences, marine science, or physics.
At the end of the program the student must pass a comprehensive examination dealing with topics he or she would ordinarily teach.
For course offerings see Chemistry, Earth Sciences, Marine Science, Physics and Science Education.
Physics
Dr. Skelton, Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Russell K. Rickert, Ed.D., New York University
Frank A. Smith, Jr., Ed.D., Temple University
Stanley J. Yarosewick, Ph.D., Clarkson College of Technology
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Robert W. Hawkes, M.S., Pennsylvania State University Brent Kaplan, M.M.E., New York University Harold L. Skelton, Ph.D., University of Delaware
The Department of Physics is one of three departments within the School of Sciences and Mathematics offering a degree program leading to the Master of Arts in Physical Science. See Physical Science Program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHYSICAL SCIENCE
Symbol: PHS
502 Modern Trends in Teaching Physical Science (2) Materials and techniques in secon- dary school physical science
504 Foundations of Physics (3) Introduction to classical physics; vectors, mechanics, waves.
505 Modern Concepts in Physics (3) Introduction to electricity and magnetism, light, the nature of radiation, quantum and atomic physics, radioactivity PREREQ: 504 or equivalent
507 Modern Trends in Physical Science (3) Recent developments in physical science and their relation to secondary school science Topics depend on backgrounds and needs of stu- dents.
510 Electronics (3) Laboratory oriented course. Review of A.C. and D.C. circuits; transistor circuits, introduction to integrated circuits, and digital electronics. PREREQ: general phys- ics.
511 Electricity (3) Analysis of the principles of electricity and electromagnetism PREREQ: differential and integral calculus, general physics.
512 Mechanics (3) Mathematical analysis of dynamics and statics PREREQ: differential and integral calculus, general physics
513 Modern Physics (3) Twentieth-century contributions and ideas, including special rela- tivity, quantum theory, atomic structure, solid state structure PREREQ: general physics
522 Optics (3) A course in geometrical and physical optics Topics include reflection and refraction, thin lenses, the optics of vision, interference, diffraction, polarization, and the laser.
580 Energy Conversion and Utilization (3) The energy crisis, fossil fuels, nuclear, solar, wind, and geothermal energy, societal implications, and applications
590 History of the Physical Sciences (3) From Aristotelian concepts to modern scientific concepts
592 independent Studies (1-3)
Psychology/121
SC I 522 Philosophy of Science (see PH I 522)
PHYSICS
515 Mathematics Physics I (3) Topics of mathematics applied to problems in physics Top- ics include ordinary differential equations, complex variables and hyperbolic functions, vec- tor calculus, and numerical analysis.
532 Nuclear Physics (3) Basic nuclear properties, nuclear structure, alpha and beta decay, gamma radiation, nuclear reactions, particle accelerators, detection equipment, and ele- mentary particles
533 Nuclear Physics Laboratory (1) Ordinarily accompanies PHY 532 Preparation and handling of radioactive samples and examination of nuclear decay characteristics and reac- tions. With instructor's approval, PHY 533 may be elected without concurrent enrollment in PHY 532
POLITICAL SCIENCE- See Government and Politics
Psychology
Dr. Sands, Chairperson (acting]
Dr. Cohen, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Elise Bartholomew, Ph.D., Harvard University
Jay L. Clark, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Martin J. Higgins, Ph.D., University of Maryland
Walena C. Morse, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
Jack Porter, Ed.D., Temple University
Harold R. Sands, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Bernard B. Cohen, Ph.D., New York University Kenneth L. jackman, Ph.D., University of Wyoming Louis H. Porter, Ph.D., Howard University Ehzabeth H. Eldredge, M.A., Temple University Robert R. Shinehouse, M.A., Temple University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
John W. Owen, Ph.D., University of Delaware Edward I. Pollak, Ph.D., University of Connecticut Harold Rubin, Ph.D., Ohio State University
Two degree programs are offered by the Department of Psychology. One of the degree programs leads to the Master of Arts in Psychology; the second to the Master of Arts in Social Science with a concentration in psychology.
Admission Standards:
Admission standards for the Department of Psychology are: Undergraduate
122/Psychology
GPA — 3.00; Psychology GPA for 3 or more courses — 3.25; GRE scores or MAT scores in the 40th percentile or above, and three letters of reference. An interview with the department admissions committee is also required. Admission as a regu- lar degree student is based upon a composite of the above information. Those who do not fully meet the requirements shown above may be admitted on a pro- visional basis. Decisions on applications are made in November and April of each year.
Degree Programs:
Several degree options are offered depending on the students' interests and future vocational or educational plans. The Master of Arts degree is offered with a concentration in clinical psychology for students who wish to work in a mental health setting, or to continue their education at the doctoral level. A concentra- tion in general psychology is offered for students interested in research, teaching, or in continuing their graduate studies. Finally an interdisciplinary program in so- cial science is offered which is designed to meet the needs of students with more diversified interests.
MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY Concentration: Clinical Psychology
38-42 Semester Hours
Students who wish training as clinical psychologists and who are admitted into this con- centration take 36 semester hours of required courses These are Psy 503-504-505-506-512- 517-524-527-544-549-559, and 595 or 596. They are also required to take the Clinical Practi- cum for 2 to 6 semester hours.
Concentration: General Psychology
32-33 Semester Hours
Students who wish training in general psychology are required to take 15 semester hours of required courses. These are 503-504-505-506 and 512 Either a thesis (PSY 610) for 3 semes- ter hours or a research report (PSY 600) for 2 semester hours is required. All students in this concentration must complete 15 semester hours of electives. Subject to approval, six of these electives may be taken from any college graduate offering.
MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE
Concentration; Psychology
30 Semester Hours
The Master of Arts in social science, an interdisciplinary degree within the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences, is particularly designed for teachers desiring strengthened subject-matter knowledge in more than one academic dis- cipline. The program also prepares students for careers in government and indus- try and is appropriate for those desiring cultural enrichment. The concentration in psychology is especially recommended for students whose interests are direct- ed toward human concerns and services. Candidates in this concentration are ad- vised by the Department of Psychology.
Requirements:
In the research area PSY 503-504 are required. The student must take from 9 to 12 additional semester hours of psychology courses, selected under advisement.
Psychology /1 23
Within the concentration a research report (PSY 600), a thesis (PSY 610), or a practicum in an applied setting (PSY 61 5 or PSY 620) may be recomnnendecl.
Beyond the psychology concentration, the student must complete 12 semester hours of social science electives chosen from at least two departments other than psychology within the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences. Finally there is a cognate elective area of 0-3 semester hours, to be chosen from any school in the college.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: PSY
501 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3) Central tendency, variability, standard scores, correlation, probability, sampling, tests of hypotheses, "t" test, chi square, distribution-free statistics, introduction to analysis of variance.
502 Advanced Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3) Special correlational methods, analysis of variance, and analysis of covariance. PREREQ: PSY 501
503-504 Research Methodology and Statistics l-ll (3) (3) Usefulness of the experimental method is discussed through analysis of the assumptions and limitations of classical re- search designs. Hypothesis testing and statistical decision-making; parametric and nonpara- metric statistical analysis. In PSY 503 the student develops a research proposal leading to a research project which is completed in PSY 504, 503 must precede 504. (PREREQ: PSY 501 or equivalent).
505 Advanced General Psychology (3) Lectures and readings for a deeper understanding of human behavior through intensive consideration of learning, memory, cognitive processes, motivation, emotion, human development, personality, and group processes.
506 Theories of Learning (3) Survey and critical review of existing theories of learning and the relevant research data.
507 Advanced Child Psychology (3) Research findings and theoretical issues during the pe- riod from birth to pubescence with emphasis on cognitive development, learning, motiva- tion, emotional development, socialization, perception, and biogenic factors.
508 Advanced Adolescent Psychology (3) The psychodynamics of age 1 2-21 and the effects of this period on social and educational growth Such processes as physiological changes, personality development, learning, and psychosexual development are considered Offered even numbered years
509 Advanced Social Psychology (3) Current problems and research with emphasis on ap- plication and experimental techniques.
512 Psychology of Personality (3) The interaction and effects of forces which affect per- sonality development Normal and neurotic development contrasted; principles of personal- ity meaurement explored
517 Introduction to Psychopathology (3) Advanced study of abnormal development and a description of pertinent types, including symptoms, causes, and treatment Current and re- cent theoretical approaches and research findings relevant to the etiology and treatment of these disorders PREREQ: PSY 375 — Abnormal Psychology or equivalent, or permission of in- structor
524 Psychometrics (3) A survey of measurement theory in psychology with emphasis on the logic of measurement, scaling models, statistical methods, construction of valid measures. Advanced techniques for assessment of reliability. PREREQ: PSY 512.
527 Behavior Modification (3) Application of learning principles and environmental con- trol to behavior change Foundation principles, techniques and assessment, methods of modification PREREQ: PSY 506 or equivalent
529 Advanced Mental Hygiene (3) Ways of achieving positive mental health, including ways people can improve their mental health through their own efforts.
124/Psychology
544 Individual Psychometric Techniques: Wechsler & Binet Scales (3) Historical develop- ment, administration, scoring, and interpretation of the Wechsler and Binet scales. PREREQ: PSY 501 and PSY 524 or equivalent. Restricted to psychology majors. Fall and spring. By per- mission only (Usually restricted to degree candidates).
549 Introduction to Projective Techniques and Personality Testing (3) History and theory of personality testing. Practical applications typical of clinical and educational settings. PREREQ: PSY 524. Restricted to psychology majors.
550 Seminar in Psychology (1-3) Selected problems in psychology Subject announced in advance of each semester Offered on demand
555 Psycholinguistics (ALSO LIN 555) (3) See LIN 555 Offered on demand.
559 Psychotherapy (3) Techniques and problems involved in counseling and psychother- apy. PREREQ: PSY 390 — Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy or equivalent. (Restricted to psychology majors). PREREQ: PSY 512. Spring.
590 Independent Studies in Psychology (1-3) Research projects, reports, readings in psy- chology PREREQ: approval of department chairperson. Offered on demand
595 Clinical Psychology (Child and Adolescent) (3) Survey of clinical techniques used in as- sessment and treatment of childhood and adolescent personality disorders. (Restricted to psychology majors). PREREQ: PSY 512, PSY 517. Fall.
596 Clinical Psychology (Adult) (3) Theoretical foundations of clinical evaluation, screen- ing, and treatment methods. Emphasis on clinical psychology as a profession. PREREQ: PSY 512, PSY 517 Spring.
600 Research Report (2) An original review of the literature *
610 Thesis (3) An original empirical study. PREREQ: PSY 504 or permission of instructor.*
615 Clinical Practicum in Psychology (2-6) Supervised professional participation in applied psychological activities or projects in cooperating agencies and institution.* PREREQ: PSY 503, 504, 505, 506, 512, 517, 524, 544, 549, 559, 595 or 596. Restricted to psychology majors and recommendation of graduate clinical faculty
620 Practicum in School Psychology (3-15) Supervised experience as a school psychologist. Offered for students seeking out-of-state certification as a school psychologist (West Ches- ter State College does not presently offer a program leading to certification as a school psy- chologist in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania). Restricted to psychology majors.
*While work on these courses may be completed any semester, students are encouraged to enroll for them during the summer sessions
Courses may be cancelled or semster changed as required by enrollment. Summer courses depend upon adequate enrollment
Reading
Dr. Gelfand, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS
Jane K. Gelfand, Ed.D., Lehigh University Joseph C. Hall, Ed. D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
K. Eleanor Christensen, Ph.D., University of Delaware Mary A. Keetz, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Bernice J. Salup, Ed.D., Temple University Robert J. Szabo, Ed.,D., Lehigh University
Through its graduate reading program, the School of Education offers: (1) the Master of Education degree with a major in reading and (2) Reading Specialist Certification Students who complete either program are recommended for Penn- sylvania Certification as Reading Specialists.
These programs prepare candidates to serve in special reading positions and as classroom teachers of reading in elementary or secondary schools.
ADMISSION TO THE DEGREE PROGRAM
1 . The student must possess an Instructional I Certificate.
2. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test and/or the Miller Analogies Test is required. Scores must be on file within the student's first semester ses- sion.
3. Courses required within the pre-candidacy period are: EDR 510, 514 or 515, 516, and EDF 500; and one additional course from the prescribed program.
4. An overall average of 2.75 and a minimum of 3 00 in reading courses must be maintained during the pre-candidacy period.
DEGREE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
In addition to meeting degree requirements of the college the candidate must:
1 Successfully complete the reading curriculum and any additional courses which may be required by the reading faculty
2. Achieve an overall average of at least 2.75 and a minimum of 3 00 in reading courses
3. Perform satisfactorily on the comprehensive examination in reading. Respon- sibility for meeting all requirements at the proper time rests with the student.
THE COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
The student is eligible for the comprehensive examination upon completion of all prescribed work and the recommendation of the advisor. The examination is given the first Saturday in November, the first Saturday in March and the second Saturday in July. Application for the examination must be made in writing to the department chairperson by September 1 for the November examination, January 1 for the March examination end May 1 for the July examination.
126/Reading
Candidates who fail the comprehensive examination are permitted one re- examination within a two-year period. Upon a second failure, candidates are dropped from the degree program.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN READING
36 semester hours
Professional Education Requirements: EDF 500 and EDF 510 6s. h.
Area of Concentration Requirements:
EDR510,514or515, 516, 517, 521,522, 541 21 s.h.
Area of Concentration Electives:
Selected, under advisement, from EDR 523, 525, 526, 540, 542, 590 3 s.h.
*Related Study Requirements: At least one course from Croup A and one from Group B must be selected, under advisement. 6 s.h.
GROUP A (Language Arts): EDE 522,543, 548, 549, 583, LIT 550, LIT 551, ENG 690 GROUP B (Related Areas): EDA 571, EDC 540, EDE 551, EDE 553, EDE 554, EDU 501.
"Courses other than those listed may be substituted for this area provided the student first obtains his/her advisor's approv- al for the course If the student fails to obtain the advisor's approval prior to registration for the course, then it may not be used to meet any requirements in this area
READING SPECIALIST CERTIFICATION
30 semester hours
Requirements for the Certification Program:
1. The student must possess an Instructional I Certificate.
2. Courses required within the first 15 hours are EDR 510, 514 or 515, 516, and 517.
3. An overall average of 2.75 and a minimum of 3.00 in reading courses must be maintained.
4. In order to obtain the certificate the student must successfully complete the program shown above under "Master of Education in Reading" except that the student is not required to take the two courses in professional education.
5. The student must perform successfully on the competency examination.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDR
510 Foundations in Reading Instruction K-12 (3) Psychology and pedagogy of reading in- struction The nature of the reading process; the nature of the learner; skill development; in- structional strategies Offered in fall, spring and summer
514 Reading in the Content Areas: Elementary (3) The specialized readmg skills, reading problems, teaching techniques, and reading activities in content subjects at the elementary level PREREQ: 510 or permission of instructor Offered in fall
515 Reading in the Content Areas: Secondary (3) The specialized reading skills, reading problems, teaching techniques, and reading activities in content subjects at the secondary level PRFRFQ SlOor permission of instructor Offered in spring
516 Reading Disabihties (3) Concerned with the nature of reading disability and diagnosis and remediation of reading problems PREREQ: 514, 515. Offered in fall and summer.
Science Education/127
517 Current Practices in Teaching Developmental and Corrective Reading (3) Con- cerned with developmental and corrective reading instruction. Attention is given to diag- nostic procedures and resulting appropriate instruction PREREQ: 516 or permission of instructor. Offered in fall and spring.
521 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar I (3) A laboratory course Diagnosis of reading difficulties of elementary and secondary students with reading problems. Major attention given to diagnosing corrective cases and writing case reports PREREQ: 514 or 51 5; 516 Of- fered in fall and summer
522 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar II (3) Continuation of 521 Opportunities to de- velop specific techniques for correcting various types of reading disability cases. PREREQ: 521 . Offered in spring and summer
523 Reading as a Language Process (3) Basic concepts from areas of phonology, morphol- ogy, syntax, semantics, sociolinguistics, dialectology, and psychology will be related to the teaching of reading in grades K-12
525 Reading for the Disadvantaged (3) Historical, cultural, and educational contexts of current issues as they relate to language competency programs, evaluation, and reading in- struction for disadvantaged learners
526 Reading Readiness and Early Childhood Educational Experiences (3) Concerned with children's readiness for initial reading instruction Emphasis on instructional recommenda- tions and implementations for a range of abilities PREREQ: 511 or permission of instructor.
540 Seminar in Reading (3) Critical examination of trends, opinions, and current research in the teaching of reading. PREREQ: 516 or permission of instructor.
541 Organization and Operation of Reading Programs: K-12 (3) Practical application of the reading specialist's role in organizing and operating K-12 reading programs Emphasis on the use of the total school community in meeting individual reading needs PREREQ: 522 or per- mission of instructor. Offered in fall, spring and summer
542 Seminar in Reading Research (3) A seminar in the basic techniques and sources of re- search in reading. Exposure to significant research in the field. PREREQ: 516 or permission of instructor.
590 Independent Study and Research (1-6) Individual investigation and exploration of re- lated reading research Topic must be approved by the supervising instructor prior to regis- tration
Science Education
Mr. Casciato, Coordinator COURSE DESCRIPTIONS Symbol: SCE
500 Modern Trends in Science Education (3) Introduction to current research in science education; a critical review of the literature
510 Workshop in Secondary School Curricula (3) Study of one of the commonly used sci- ence programs for secondary schools The selected program is announced in advance.
520 New Trends in the Elementary School Science Curriculum (3) New developments in the elementary-school science curriculum for in«ervice elementary school teachers and admin- istrators /
523 Instructional Materials in Elementary Science (3) Acquaints elementary-school teach- ers and administrators with instructional materials for the elementary-school science pro- gram.
595 Elementary School Science Instruction (3) A course to improve the science content backgrounds of elementary-school teachers and administrators.
128/Science Education
596 Workshop in Elementary School Science Instruction (3) A study of one or more science programs for the elementary school. Especially for teachers using the selected program or programs Selections announced in advance.
PHS 502 Modern Trends in Teaching Physical Science (2) Materials and techniques in
secondary school physical science.
SCIENCE OFFERINGS DESIGNED FOR ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHERS.
ESS 521 Geology in the Elementary School
ESS 556 Workshop in Aerospace Science
ESS 571 Astronomy in the Elementary School
PHS 571 Physics for the Elementary Teacher
SCE 520 New Trends in the Elementary School Science Curriculum
SCE 523 instructional Materials in Ele- mentary Science
SCE 595 Elementary School Science In- struction
SCE 596 Workshop in Elementary School Science Instruction
SOCIAL SCIENCE — see History for social science courses. For degree programs in social science, see Geography and Planning, Government and Politics, History, and Psychology.
SOCIOLOGY — see Anthropology and Sociology
Secondary Education and Professional Studies
Dr. Mississyan, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies Mr. Cleockler, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS
Michael F. Bannon, Ed.D., George Peabody College for Teachers
Walter E. Buechele, Jr., Ed.D., Temple University
Mary E. Cleary, Ed.D., George Washington University
Harry H. Deischer, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Charles W. Good, Ed.D., Temple University
Robert S. Means, Ph.D., University of Alabama
Kegham A. Mississyan, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
George M. Thomas, Ed.D., Temple University
Shirley Ann Walters, Ed.D., Temple University
Thomas B. Williams, Ed.D., Temple University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Richard C. Gleockler, M.Ed., Bucknell University
John Holingjak, Jr., Ed.M., Temple University
F. William Leeds, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
Reynold D. Paganelli, C.A.S., Johns Hopkins University
Jay Silverman, Ph.D., New York University
Thomas W. Treadwell, M.A., University of Bridgeport
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Jack P. Edwards, M.Ed., West Chester State College Yi-Ming Hsu, Ed.D., University of Georgia Krishna V. Kumar, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
The Department of Secondary Education and Professional Studies is responsi- ble for the professional courses offered for certification on the secondary level and in the Master of Education degree programs having academic concentra- tions. The department also offers other professional course work required in all M.Ed, programs and some courses designed for election by educators and others who wish to develop new insights and/or to strengthen professional skills.
In addition the department offers the degree of Master of Education in Sec- ondary Education, a program introduced in August, 1973.
MASTER OF EDUCATION
(Secondary Education — Academic Subject Majors)
The Master of Education program is offered with academic concentrations in English, French, German, Latin, Spanish, biology, geography, mathematics, and social science (with concentrations in history, political science, or psychology). This program is offered cooperatively by the School of Education and the School of Arts and Letters, Sciences and Mathematics, and Social and Behavioral Sci- ences. The academic requirements for each concentration are found under the respective department.
130/Secondary Education and Professional Studies
This degree affords students the opportunity to strengthen their knowledge in the major subject matter field, as well as their professional knowledge and competence.
Students earning degrees in this program must be advised both by the depart- ment of the subject field and by the Department of Secondary Education and Professional Studies. It is the responsibility of the students to arrange for confer- ences with both departments in planning their programs.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MASTER OF EDUCATION
(Secondary Education — Academic Subject Majors) 34 Semester Hours
I. Professional Education Requirements* 10-12 s.h.
A. EDF510 Educational Foundations (3)
B. A minimum of one course from each of the following groups:
Group 1
EDF516 Resource Allocation in the Schools (3)
EDF520 Comparative Education (3)
EDF 521 Contemporary British Education (3)
EDF 523 Education Behind the Iron Curtain (3)
EDF 580 History of American Education (3)
EDF 581 Philosophy of Education (3)
EDF 582 Seminar in the History of the Problems of
Education (3)
EDF 589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3)
Group 2
EDF 503 The Emerging Curriculum (3)
EDF 507 Values Clarification in Human Relations (3) ♦
E DF 509 Contemporary Teaching Trends (3)
EDP 550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
EDP557 Essentials of Learning (3)
EDP 559 Constructing and Evaluating Behavioral
Objectives (3)
EDP 560 Behavior Modification (3)
EDP 569 Adolescent Development and Learning (3)
E DS 524 Supervision of Student Teaching (3)
EDU 502 Human Relations in the School and
Community (3)
Group 3
EDC567 Group Dynamics (3)
EDF 504 Middle School Workshop (3)
EDF 505 Individually Prescribed Instruction (3)
EDF 506 Design and Use of Individualized Learning
Packages (3)
EDF 515 Federal and State Role in Education (2)
EDF 570 The Community/Junior College (3)
EDF 590 School Law (3)
EDS 502 Secondary School Curriculum (3)
EDS 506 The junior High School (3)
EDU 501 Curricular Adaptations for the Disadvantaged (3)
Secondary Education and Professional Studies/131
II. Subject Matter Concentration Requirements 20-22 s.h.
A. Methods and Materials of Research (2-3)
B. Academic Subject (18-20)
(See respective academic department for details)
III. Electives (Professional or Academic)* 0-4 s.h.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
The student must perform satisfactorily on the final comprehensive exami- nations covering the subject-matter concentration and the professional-edu- cation requirements.
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
35 Semester Hours
This program provides another option within the Master of Education shown immediately above, and is designed primarily to strengthen the professional knowledge, skills, and understandings of the graduate student and of teachers in service, and to make their preparation more relevant to a variety of educational situations. It also provides the professional background for dealing effectively with problems encountered in secondary schools. Through its 14 semester-hour elective area, the program affords students the opportunity to strengthen their knowledge in the subject-matter field.
Admission to the Program
In addition to meeting admission requirements of the college the student must;
1. Be approved by the Department of Secondary Education and Professional Studies for graduate work.
2. Attain an acceptable score on the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test.
It is strongly recommended that the applicant have a valid teaching certifi- cate. Applicants whose certification is not in secondary education may, at the de- partment chairperson's discretion, be required to take course work beyond the minimum semester-hour requirements for the degree.
Upon admission, students will be assigned advisors who will help them to out- line an appropriate program. All work for the program must be approved by the advisor and the departmental graduate committee.
Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy
During the pre-candidacy period the student must:
1 . Attain full status, if admission status to the program was provisional.
2. Complete these required courses; EDF 500, 510, and EDP 550.
3. Achieve a minimum overall average of 2.75 and a minimum average of 3.00 in the required courses in Area One or Area Two.
4. Show evidence of academic, personal, and professional qualities which satisfy the advisor and the departmental graduate committee.
"Chosen in conference with the secondary education and academic advisors, according to the needs of the student
132/Secondary Education and Professional Studies
Comprehensive Examination
Students must perform satisfactorily on a written comprehensive examination, which is given at least once in each semester and in regular session of summer. The examination is always given at 6;00 P.M. on Tuesday of the second week of the semester or session.
Application forms for the comprehensive examination are available from the department and must be filed with the department by December 1 for spring se- mester, May 1 for regular session, and July 14 for fall semester.
To be eligible the students must have:
1. Taken the required courses: EDF500, 510 and EDP550.
2. Completed 28 semester hours of work including the 9 semester hours of re- quired courses and 12 semester hours from Area One or Area Two.
3. Attained a minimum overall average of 2.75 and a minimum average of 3.00 in the required courses and the courses in Area One or Area Two.
4. Received their advisors' recommendations and the approval of the depart- mental graduate committee.
Students who fail the comprehensive examination are allowed a second at- tempt. A second failure terminates candidacy.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
35 Semester Hours
I. Required Courses: EDF500, 510, EDP 550-9 semester hours
II. Area of Concentration Requirements: A minimum of 12 semester hours must be selected from one of the following two areas:
A. Area One: EDF 515, 516, 520, 521, 523, 570, 580, 581, 582, 589, 590
B. Area Two: EDF 503, EDF 504, EDF 505, EDF 506, EDF 507, EDF 509, EDM 511, EDP 557, EDP 559, EDP 560, EDP 569, EDS 502, EDS 506, EDS 524, EDU 501
III. Electives: 14 semester hours. The electives may be from courses in Area One and Area Two above, or from courses in the student's teaching field. They may also be a combination of both.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FOUNDATIONS
Symbol: EDF
500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education (3) Historical, descriptive, and experi- mental methods of research Methods for locating, evaluating, interpreting, and reporting research data Each student prepares a research prospectus Offered every semester
501 Methods and Materials of Research and Study for Elementary Education Majors (3)
Historical, descriptive, and experimental methods of research Methods for locating, evalu- ating, interpreting, and reporting research data Introduction to graduate study for elemen- tary majors. Offered every semester
502 Methods and Materials of Research for Counselor Education Majors (3) Designed to enable the counselor to read experimental, quasi-experimental, descriptive and correla- tional research reported in the professional journals. Both univariate and multivariate de- signs are emphasized. Offered every semester
503 The Emerging Curriculum (3) Curriculum trends, beginning in 1951, for grades kinder-
Secondary Education and Professional Studies/133
garten through 12 by means of three comprehensive topics: (1) the curriculum reform move- ment, (2) emerging curriculum theory and practice, and (3) the educational reform move- ment. Offered in summer
504 Middle School Workshop (3) Philosophy, administration, curriculum, staff, and facili- ties necessary for the most efficient educational experience in the intermediate levels of school Offered in summer
505 Individually Prescribed Instruction (3) Individually prescribed instructional techniques as applied in the classroom and intensive learning centers Techniques of academic diagno- sis, prescription production, and electronic learning. Students will have an opportunity to work directly with hardware and software components of an intensive learning center (May be arranged as a workshop) Offered in spring.
506 Design and Use of Individualized Learning Packages (3) A review of commercially available individualized learning activity packages which permit the student to progress through a learning continuum at his or her own pace The student will be required to design and construct an individualized learning package in his teaching area Offered in fall
507 Values Clarification in Human Relations (3) Knowledge of the theories of the values clarification processes as defined by Simon and others Skills in application of the values clarification processes in personal decisions, in the classroom, and in society. (May be ar- ranged as a workshop or as modularized independent study ) Offered in summer
509 Contemporary Teaching Trends (3) Team teaching, programmed instruction, and various media of communication in the elementary and secondary schools are evaluated Effective adaptation to newer practices is emphasized. Offered in summer
510 Educational Foundations (3) History of education, integrated with educational philosophy and thought; the long evolution of educational theory and issues Offered every semester
515 Federal and State Role in Education (2) The past, current and future role of the federal and state governments in education in the United States Emphasis on the applications to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Impact of federal legislation since 1958 Offered in fall
516 Resource Allocation in the Schools (3) The relationship between the American econ- omy and the efficient allocation of resources within school systems will be examined Designed for teachers, administrators, school board members, and parents Offered in sum- mer
520 Comparative Education (3) Major problems of education in a number of other coun- tries are related to similar problems in the United States Contrasting purposes and phil- osophies and differences in organization and administration are analyzed Offered in summer
521 Contemporary British Education (3) Consideration of the philosophy of British educa- tion today and the ways it has changed in past years Present-day curricula and philosophies and differences in organization and administration are analyzed Offered in fall
523 Education Behind the Iron Curtain (3) Educational structure in the Soviet Union, past, present, and future Khrushchev's educational reforms and the return to the ten-year school Educational structure in certain Eastern European countries also included Offered in sum- mer
570 The Community/Junior College (3) An analysis of the programs, problems, and students of a two-year college Emphasis on the development, special philosophies, and current issues relating to the community or junior college Designed for students preparing to be teachers and or administrators in these colleges Offered in spring
580 History of American Education (3) Nature and direction of American education, studied through individual and group research. Offered in fall
581 Philosophy of Education (3) Selected philosophies and their influence on educational principles and practices in a democratic social order Offered in spring
134/Secondary Education and Professional Studies
582 Seminar in the History of the Problems of Education (3) Historical study of the recur- rent problems of education and their solutions Implications of these solutions for con- temporary American educational problems. Offered in spring.
589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3) Study of the socio-cultural influences on the structure of American educational institutions Offered in fall
590 School Law (3) Legal structure for educational organization on state, intermediate, and local levels. Legal status of the board of education; legal responsibilities of the teacher; legal responsibilities between the board of education and the student Offered in summer.
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3) Processes by which skills, understanding, con- cepts, and ideals are acquired; teaching practices in relation to basic research concerning learning; similarities and differences in theories of learning PREREQ: a course in educa- tional psychology, EDF 500 Offered every semester.
557 Essentials of Learning (3) Study of the applications of learning theory to classroom teaching with emphasis on those principles derived from classical and operant conditioning. Retention and transfer of learning also considered. Offered in summer
559 Constructing and Evaluating Behavioral Objectives (3) Consideration and evaluation of behavioral objectives Students write and evaluate their own objectives under individual guidance. (May be arranged as a workshop )
560 Behavior Modification (3) Study and implementation of principles of classical and operant conditioning to the modification of student behavior in residential and educational settings. Emphasis on such areas as classroom discipline, student values, and student study habits. (May be arranged as a workshop.) Offered in fall
569 Adolescent Development and Learning (3) Mental, physical, emotional, and social de- velopment and behavior of the adolescent with emphasis on various types of learning. Case studies are used. Offered in spring.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDS
502 Secondary School Curriculum (3) Current practices and trends in reorganizing the secondary school curriculum in the major academic areas The various integrating tech- niques Curriculum development Offered in summer
506 The Junior High School (3) Development and functions of the junior high school; phi- losophy underlying its development Curriculum, teaching assignment^, characteristics of pupils, and special problems. PREREQ: a course in adolescent development Offered in fall
524 Supervision of Student Teaching (3) Designed for teachers who cooperate or expect to cooperate in West Chester's student teaching program Basic principles, practices, mate- rials, and resources for an effective student teaching program PREREQ certification for teaching Offered in summer
590 Independent Study (1-3) Enrollment by permission only, number of credits determined by department
Special Education
Miss Nickles, Chairperson
PROFESSOR
Howard Freeman, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Martin Ziotowski, Ph.D., Michigan State University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Judith Finkel, M.S., West Chester State College Lottie Mitchell, M.Ed., Temple University Deborah Nickles, M.S., Syracuse University
The Special Education Department offers graduate students from all disciplines the opportunity to take work which will enhance their skills and ability to ef- fectively meet the needs of exceptional students.
The faculty of the department will meet with individual graduate students in order to assist in the planning of programs to fulfill specific needs.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDA
The following courses may be taken as electives by anyone in a graduate program, subject to approval from the department and the student's chairperson.
501 Prescriptive Teaching (3) An attempt to guide the teacher to an awareness of the methods by which medical, psychological, behavioral, and academic diagnosis may be con- verted into relevant educational terms providing for adequate follow-through on specific recommendations
540 Workshop in Special Education (4) An intensive program of observation and instruc- tion of mentally retarded or physically handicapped children. Instructional experience with handicapped children is combined with lecture, demonstration, films, guest speakers, and case study Primarily for in-service teachers PREREQ: permission of coordinator
541 Psychology of Exceptional Children (3) Psychology of children whose intellectual, physical, social, and/or emotional characteristics are significantly deviant from those of children whose needs are met through normal educational routes.
544 Classroom Management (3) Exploration of current practices in the management and modification of behavior The professional's role in achieving a better basis for meaningful communication with the special child Problems which may interfere with teacher effective- ness are discussed
555 Psychology of Learning Disabilities (3) Identification, education, and treatment of the child with minimal brain dysfunction. Emphasis on recognition of the specific learning and emotional needs which such a child presents.
571 Childhood Learning Disabilities (3) The study and education of the child with percep- tual problems and/or minimal brain damage. PREREQ: a course or courses in the psychology of exceptional children
573 Developmental Assessment of Children with Learning Problems (3) Diagnostic proce- dures and subsequent educational prescriptions useful with children experiencing learning difficulties
574 Behavior Management in the Classroom (3) Etiology and implications of behavioral
136/Speech Communication and Theatre
problems in educational settings. Introduction to approaches aimed at producing change,
575 Mental Health in Schools (3) Factors affecting the mental health of both children in the classroom and their teachers Effective means of identifying and responding to problems are brought out through a seminar approach. The course also explores the effect of mental health on classroom climate.
590 Independent Study (1-3)
Speech Communication and Theatre
Dr. Morehouse, Chairperson
PROFESSOR
William M. Morehouse, Ph.D., Purdue University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Jay H. Berkowitz, M.A., Temple University Diane O. Casagrande, M.A., Temple University Myles Martel, Ph.D., Temple University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Carolyn M. Del Polito, Ph.D., Purdue University Saundra M. Hall, M.A., Ohio State University
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SPEECH COMMUNICATION
Symbol: SPC
515 General Semantics (also LIN 515) (3) Introduction to the relativistic language concepts of Korzybski and his followers The course focuses on what language does to people and the subsequent effects on communication. Offered in fall at night
517 Producing the Television Program (Nondramatic) (3) Basic concepts of television plan- ning and production for the nondramatic format. The student uses the tools of television. (Lecture and laboratory.)
518 Television Program Directing (Dramatic) (3) Continuation and development of skills and knowledge in the use of television equipment; application of the arts of the theatre and film. (Lecture and laboratory ) PREREQ: THA S17 Offered every other spring
525 Communication in the Classroom: Models and Approaches (3) For teachers in grades K- 12 interacting together to share experiences and channel their thoughts into the develop- ment of speech communication activities which can fit into and enhance their present cur- ricula Offered in summer only.
550 Listening: Verbal and Nonverbal Perceptions (3) A survey of research in listening be- havior and related nonverbal variables. Identification of important characteristics of effec- tive listeners Application to communication activities in the classroom. Offered in spring at night
Speech Pathology and Audiology/137
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS THEATRE
Symbol: THA
506 Theatre Theory and Production (3) A survey of theatre history and practice Students select specific areas of production and style for classroom presentation, analysis, and re- search. Offered in summer only
516 Theory and Application of Creative Dramatics (3) The use of creative dramatics as a teaching method Research and application of theories and techniques Offered in summer only.
550 Summer Drama Workshop (1-6) An intensive combination for formal classroom instruction and applied production experiences Daily seminar sessions covering a different topic each week will be held at 11:00 a.m. with production applications each afternoon and evening Graduate students will research production theories and submit scholarly papers at the end of the session.
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Dr. Aungst, Chairperson
Ms. Dempsey, Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSOR
Rita V. Griffith, Ph.D., Ohio State University
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
Lester F. Aungst, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Susan Maxwell, M.A., Ohio University Frank E. Peterson, M.A., Columbia University Vincent V. Suppan, M.A., Columbia University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Leila B. Alson, M.A., Ohio University Charlotte Dempsey, M.A., University of Illinois John L. Eberhart, M.A., Syracuse University Joseph A. Stigora, Ph D , Bowling Green University
INSTRUCTOR
Elena F. Stuart. MS., Purdue University
The Department of Speech Pathology and Audiology offers the Master of Arts degree in speech pathology. The student may choose a thesis or nonthesis pro- gram. Either program is designed to strengthen the knowledge and skill of the practicing speech clinician, to provide the foundation for further graduate study, and to afford opportunity to complete requirements toward professional certi-
138/Speech Pathology and Audiology
fication by the American Speech and Hearing Association. Attainment of the master's degree does not necessarily guarantee recommendation for certifica- tion.
MASTER OF ARTS IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY
30 Semester Hours
Admission to the Program
In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to a degree pro- gram at West Chester, applicants must:
1 . Present an undergraduate background of at least 24 semester hours in the fol- lowing areas of study: speech and language development, phonetics, introduc- tion to speech disorders, introduction to audiology, basic speech and hearing sci- ence, and clinical experience.
2. Demonstrate a reasonable degree of speech and language proficiency.
3. At the discretion of the department, submit Miller Analogies Test scores for purposes of evaluation and guidance.
4. Submit a log of undergraduate clinical practicum.
5. Submit 3 letters of recommendation
Admission to Degree Candidacy
1. The applicant may apply for degree candidacy after having completed SPP 501 and two additional departmental graduate courses; application must be made before the student has completed 15 semester hours of graduate work re- quired for the degree.
2. During the pre-candidacy period the applicant must maintain an overall aver- age of at least 2.75 and a minimum average of 3.00 in departmental courses.
3. The applicant must have demonstrated satisfactory performance in clinical practicum.
Requirements for the Degree
1. The candidate must meet the general college requirements for the master's degree, including completion of all required courses with an overall average of at least 2.75 and a minimum average of 3.00 in departmental courses.
2. The candidate must perform satisfactorily on a comprehensive written and/or oral examination, which may not be taken before the student's final semester of course work. Those who fail the examination may repeat it once. The interval be- tween the two examinations may not exceed one year.
3. The candidate must complete satisfactorily SPP 501, three semester hours of graduate clinical practicum (SPP 560),* and 24 additional semester hours, chosen under advisement.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: SPP
500 Survey of Speech Disorders (3) Description, etiology, and management of communica- tion disorders Introduction to the field of speech pathology and its interrelationships with other professions Open to non-majors with no previous coursework in speech pathology. Not open to students with credit for SPP 201 or equivalent Offered each semester upon suf- ficient demand
501 Foundations of Research in Speech Pathology (3) Introduction to the scientific process and to the interpretation and application of research in the speech sciences. A research
'Although the student may elett more than i semester hours of chnital practitum tor personal objectives, no more than 3 may be counted toward the degree
Speech Pathology and Audiology/139
project outline required. Offered in fall and spring.
504 Aural Rehabilitation (3) Medical, prosthetic, and educational approaches to aural re- habilitation for children and adults Not open to students with credit for SPP 304 or equiv- alent PREREQ: SPP 301 or equivalent Offered in spring
505 Audiometry (3) A lecture-laboratory course in the measurement of hearing Not open to students with credit for SPP 305 or equivalent PREREQ: SPP 301 or equivalent Offered in spring
506 Equipment Workshop (3) Evaluation, selection, use, and maintenance of electronic aids for the speech and hearing clinician. Demonstration of equipment for diagnosis, therapy and classroom use. Students will have ample opportunity to work with tape recorders, auditory trainers and special calibration techniques Offered in summer
510 Articulation Disorders (3) In-depth study of disorders of articulation. Offered in spring.
511 Voice Disorders (3) Examination of classification, etiology, diagnosis, and therapy for functional, organic, and psychological voice disorders. Offered in fall
512 Language Disorders of Children (3) Linguistic and neurological aspects of behavior relative to disorders of language in children In-depth review of etiology, assessment, and treatment PREREQ: SPP 170 or equivalent Offered in fall
513 Stuttering (3) Consideration of the nature, causes, diagnosis, and treatment of stutter- ing and related disorders of speech flow Critical review of pertinent research PREREQ: Per- mission of department. Offered in fall
514 Aphasia (3) Study of the behaviors associated with language disorders in adults Em- phasis on etiologies, symptoms, assessment and rehabilitative procedures. Offered in spring
515 Orofacial Anomalies (3) Comprehensive consideration of the nature, causes, diagnosis, and treatment of communication disorders associated with orofacial anomalies, particular- ly cleft lip and cleft palate PREREQ: SPP 290 or equivalent, or permission of department Offered in summer upon demand
516 Neuromuscular Disorders (3) Nature, causes, diagnosis, and treatment of communica- tion disorders associated with neuromuscular dysfunction, with particular attention to the cerebral palsies Offered in summer upon demand
520 Seminar in Speech Pathology (3) Selected theoretical and clinical areas of speech pathology and related disciplmes. Topics vary each semester according to research develop- ments and student needs. PREREQ: permission of instructor Offered in summer upon demand
525 Advanced Diagnostic and Therapeutic Methods in Speech Pathology (3) Current and advanced evaluative and therapeutic methods and materials applicable to the diagnosis and remediation of communication disorders Offered in summer upon demand
531 Therapy for the Hearing impaired (3) Evaluative and therapeutic materials and methods applicable to the improvement of communication in hard-of-hearing individuals. PREREQ: SPP 304 or equivalent. Offered in fall every other year
532 Advanced Audiology (3) A lecture-laboratory course which explores clinical tech- niques for the measurement of hearing Basic measures are reviewed Advanced differential techniques are studied with some opportunity to develop competence in administering these tests during lab periods PREREQ: SPP 305 or equivalent Offered in fall every other year
535 Seminar in Audiology (3) Selected areas in audiology and related disciplines. Topics vary each semester according to developments in research and student needs. PREREQ: per- mission of instructor. Offered in summer upon demand
550 Experimental Phonetics (3) Advanced study of acoustic and psychoacoustic aspects of sound. Introduction to instrumentation for transmission, analysis, and modification of speech sound PREREQ: an introductory course in phonetics or equivalent Offered in spring.
140/Teaching English as a Second Language
560 Graduate Clinical Practicum (1) Supervised practice in the Speech and Hearing Clinic and/or in affiMated chnics Designed to increase diagnostic and therapeutic skills with chil- dren and adults who have communication problems May be repeated PREREQ: SPP 350 or equivalent and permission of department Offered each semester.
570 Administration and Supervision of Speech and Hearing Programs (3) Nature and scope of supervisory positions in speech and hearing programs Emphasis on administrative problems Offered in summer upon demand.
590 Independent Study (1-3) Individualized research projects, reports, and/or readings in speech pathology or audiology under faculty supervision. PREREQ: approval of department chairperson Offered each semester
610 Thesis (1-6) Offered each semester.
Teaching English as a Second Language
Du Falgie and Dr. Smith, Program Coordinators
Diane O. Casagrande, Associate Professor of Speech W. Stephen Croddy, Associate Professor of Pfiilosophy Joseph Falgie, Jr., Professor of English and Linguistics John T. Kelly, Associate Professor of English Willie E. Page, Jr., Associate Professor of English Philip D. Smith, Jr., Professor of Language and Linguistics
The Master of Arts in Teaching English as a Second Language is an interdis- ciplinary program contributed to by the Departments of English, Foreign Lan- guages, Philosophy, and Speech Communication and Theatre. The program is de- signed for those preparing to teach English to students whose first language is not English. Students wishing to enter the program must consult one of the coordin- ators.
In addition to meeting the general requirements for a master's degree at West Chester, the candidate must (1) present an acceptable baccalaureate degree which includes at least 24 semester hours in the area of English/Foreign Lan- guages/Linguistics, at least 6 semester hours in the area of Anthropology/Psychol- ogy/Sociology, and a course in teaching reading (may be taken as a program elec- tive if lacking); (2) take the verbal and quantitative tests of the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test if deemed necessary; (3) demonstrate adequate proficiency in a foreign language if the student is a native speaker of English or adequate proficiency in English if the student is a non-native speaker of English; and (4) fulfill the course requirements and pass a written and/or oral comprehensive examination, offered on the second Wednesday of October and March.
Teaching English as a Second Language/141
M.A. IN TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (TESL)
33 Semester Hours
Required Courses 24 sh.
LIN 501-503; LAN 500-502-503; ENG 575-576-577
Students submitting equivalent courses for any of the above may substitute, under advisement, courses from the groups below.
Electives 9s.h.
Selected from the groups below. At least one course must be selected from Group 1.
Group 1: ENG 579; LIN 540-555-580
Croup 2: ENG 578-590; LAN 504-505-580-590-600-610; LIN 504-505-509-512-590; PHI 506-523; SPG 515
With the approval of the coordinators, students wishing to acquire certifica- tion in English while enrolled in this program may use up to 6 hours of electives for this purpose.
For descriptions of courses under this program see English (ENG); Foreign Lan- guages (LAN); Linguistics (LIN); Philosophy (PHI); and Speech Communication and Theatre (SPC).
Urban Education
Coordinator: F. Williams Leeds, Associate Professor, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
501 Curricular Adaptions for the Disadvantaged (3) Currlcular innnovations which attempt to aid the culturally disadvantaged m developing skills necessary for maximal personal adiustment to society. Survey of urban problems and their relationships to mner-city schools
502 Human Relations in the School and Community (3) Intensive study of the inner-city community and its close relationship with the school society Analysis of preiudice and its implications to community and school power structures
590 Independent Study (1 -3)
MILTON J. SHARP, Governor
COUNCILOF HIGHER EDUCATION
ROBERT C. WISE, Chairperson Williamsport
EMMAC.CHAPPELL Philadelphia
KEITH DOMS Philadelphia
SISTER M. MICHEL KEENAN Scranton
RICHARDC KELLER Millersville
STANLEY C.MARSHALL Pittsburgh
WILLIAM H.REA Pittsburgh
GAIL L.ROSE Butler
BOARD OF STATE COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY DIRECTORS
ARTHUR B.SINKLER PD. MITCHELL
Chairperson IRVING O. MURPHY
PATRICIA M.COGHLAN RALPH J. ROBERTS
LAURENCE FENNINGER, JR. BERNARD F. SCH ERE R
REBECCA F GROSS BEVERLY SCHIFFRIN
JO HAYS HARRY E. SEYLER
ROBERTA J. MARSH JOHNB.VELTRI
STEPHEN L.YALE
PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
CARYL M. KLINE Secretary of Education
EDWARD C McGUIRE Commissioner of Higher Education
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
MARION C. STAVES, Esq. Kennett Square
Chairperson
D BERNARD KIRSCHNER Harrisburg
Vice Chairperson
STANLEY J LIEBERMAN, Esq, West Chester
Secretary
SOFIA T DEL VILLAR Westchester
BARRY C DOZOR, Esq Broomall
R SCOTT HASTINGS Coatesville
CHARLES M PORTER Malvern
WALTER REEDER Downingtown
CONSTANCE C WINCHESTER Oxford
r^(^ra|][SDgV[U^VDQ[S
PRESIDENT
VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS (ACTING)
CHARLES G. MAYO RICHARD G. BRANTON
Dean of Academic Services
Dean of Graduate Studies
Dean, School of Arts and Letters [Acting)
Dean, School of Education
Dean, School of hiealth, Physical Education
and Recreation Dean, School of Music Dean, School of Sciences
and Mathematics Dean, School of Social and Behavioral
Sciences (Acting) Director of Curriculum Enrichment and Director of
hiigher Education Opportunity Program Director of Academic Programs (Acting) Director of Admissions R.
Director of the Education Development Center (Acting)
Director of Library Services
JOHN S. BROSS
LON W.WEBER
JOHN P. FIELD
WILLIAM F.WHITE
EDWIN L. YOUMANS CHARLES A. SPRENKLE
RUSSELL K. RICKERT
JAMES S.MILNE
JODY M.HARRIS
WILLIAM I. GUY
GODFREY STUDENMUND
ERNEST L.PETERS FRANK Q. HELMS
VICE PRESIDENT FOR ADMINISTRATION AND FISCAL AFFAIRS Director of Business Affairs Director of Educational Media Services Director of Facilities (Acting) Director of Research and Related Services
DENNIS D. BELL
EVERETT E. SHAFFER
RICHARD L.STRAYER
ALFRED J. SYKES
MARTIN J. HIGGINS
VICE PRESIDENT FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS Dean of Student Development
LOUISE WEISLOGEL KENNETH F. BURDA
Index/145
-A-
Academic Information, 21-27 Accreditation, 2 Administration, 143 Admission, 9-11
Application for, 9
Of Foreign Students, 11
Notification of, 9
Requirements, 9-10 Advisory Systems, 21 All-Star Series, 31 Anthropology, 35-36
Course Descriptions, 35-36 Application, 9
Deadline, 9
Procedure, 9
To Degree Candidacy, 1 3
To Degree Candidacy Fee, 1 5 Art, 37-38
Course Descriptions, 37-38 Arts and Letters, School of, 33 Assistantships, 19 Astronomy, 54-56 Attendance,
In Inclement Weather, 30 Auditors, 10
Fees, 16 Audiology, 137-140
-B-
Basic Fee, 15
Binding, Thesis, 25
Biology, 39-42 M. A. in, 40 M. Ed. In, 40 Course Descriptions, 41-42
Board of State Colleges and University Directors, 142
Board of Trustees West Chester State College, 142
Bureau of Research and Related Serv- ices, 29
-C-
Campus Description, 6 Campus Map, 151 Cancellation of Courses, 2 Career Development Center, 30-31 Career Planning, 30-31 Certification,
Driver Education and Safety Living,
86 Educational Media Specialist, 26 Educational Specialist, I and II, 26 Instructional I and II, 25-26
Permanent, 25
Reading Specialist, 126 Change,
To Auditor, 10, 22
In Name or Address, 24
In Programs, 22
Of Status, 22 Chemistry, 43-46
M.S. in, 43-44
Course Descriptions, 44-46 Classification of Students, 21 Closings, College Policy for Storm, 30 College Services, 29 Communications Directory, Inside
Back Cover Community Center Fee, 1 5 Composition, Concentration, M. Mus.,
Ill Comprehensive Examination, The, 25 Computer Center, 29 Computer Science, 102-104
Applied Option in MA. in, 102
Course Descriptions, 102-104 Contents, 3
Council of Higher Education, 142 Counseling Center, 30 Counselor Education, 47-50
Certification, 47-48
M. Ed. in Elementary School Coun- seling, 48
M. Ed. in Secondary School Coun- seling, 48
M. S. Higher Education Counseling, 48
Course Descriptions, 48-50 Course Numbering System, 22 Credit,
By Examination, 22
Transfer of, 11, 22
Transferring from other Institutions, 22 Criminal Justice, 51-53
M.S. in 51-52
Course Descriptions, 52-53
146/lndex
Cultural Events, 31
-D- Data Processing Services, 29 Degree Candidacy, 13-14
Admission to. Requirements, 9, 13
Procedure for Application to, 1 3
Reapplication to, 13 Degree Programs, 4
Retention in, 13
Time Limitations on, 21 Degree Requirements, 13-14 Degree Students,
Admission Requirements, 9-10 Directions to the College, 6 Directory Information, 26-27 Dishonored Check Fee, 16 Driver Education and Safe Living,
Certification Program in, 86
-E-
Earth Sciences, 54-56
Course Descriptions, 54-56 Economics, 57
Course Descriptions, 57 Education,
Counselor, 47
Elementary, 60
Instructional Media, 95
Science, 127
Secondary, 129
Special, 135
Urban, 141 Education, School of, 33 Educational Media Specialist Certifi- cation, 26 Educational Psychology, 134
Course Descriptions, 134 Educational Research, 58-59
M.S. in, 59
Course Descriptions, 59 Educational Specialist Certification,
26 Elementary Education, 60-63
M. Ed. in, 61
Course Descriptions, 61-63 English, 64-68
MA. in, 65
M, Ed. in, 65
Course Descriptions, 65-68 Teaching English as a Second Lan- guage, 140 Ethnic Studies, 69 Evening Classes, 5
Expenses, 15-17 Examination,
Comprehensive, 25
Credit by, Fee, 15
-F- Faculty, See Appropriate Department, Family Education Rights and Privacy
Act, 26-27 Fees, 15-17
Application, 15
Auditor, 16
Basic, 15
Community Center Fee, 1 5
Dis-Honored Check Fee, 16
Graduation, 17
ID. Card, 17
Late Registration, 15
Library Card, 17
Music, 16
Outof State Students, 15
Transcript, 16
Vehicle Permits, 17 Financial Aid, 19-20 Foreign Language, 70-76
MA. in, 71
M. Ed. in, 71
Course Descriptions, 72-76 Foreign Students,
Admission of, 11 Foundations, 1 32-1 34
Course Descriptions, 1 32-1 34 French, 72-73
M.A. in, 71
M. Ed. in, 71
Course Descriptions, 72-73
-G-
Geography, 77-79
MA. in, 77
MA. in. Social Science, Concen- tration, 11
M. Ed. in, 77-78
Course Descriptions, 78-79 Geography and Planning, 77-79
Course Descriptions, 77-79 Geology, 54-56
Course Descriptions, 54-56 German,
M. Ed. in, 71
Course Descriptions, 73-74 G.I Bill, 31
Index/147
Government and Politics, 80-82 MA. in Social Science, 80 Course Descriptions, 80-82
Grade Reports, 24
Grading System, 23
Graduate Assistantships, 19
Graduate Level Courses, Under- graduates, 10
Graduate Programs, 4
Graduate Record Examination, 24
Graduate Studies, 5
Graduate Summer Sessions, 5
Graduation Fee, 17
Green, Francis Harvey, Library, 29
-H-
Health and Physical Education, 83-89
M. Ed. in, 84-86
M.S. in, 84-86
Course Descriptions, 86-89 Health, Physical Education and
Recreation, School of, 33 Health Service, 30 History, 90-94
MA. in, 91
M. A. in Social Science Concen- tration, 91
M. Ed. in Social Science, Concen- tration, 91-92
Course Descriptions, 92-94 Honor Societies, 31 Housing, 29-30
I. D. (Identification Card), 1 7 Inclement Weather, Attendance in, 30 Incompletes, Removing, 24 In-Service Programs, 25-26 Insurance, Medical, 30 Instructional I and II Certification, 25-
26 Instructional Media Education, 95-98
Educational Media Specialist Certi- fication in, 95, 97
M. Ed. in, 95-96
M.S. in, 96-97
Course Descriptions, 97-98 Instrumental Concentration, M. Mus.,
Ill
-L- Language, Courses Common to all, 72
Course Descriptions, 72 Latin, 74-75
M. Ed. in, 71
Course Descriptions, 74-75 Late Registration Fee, 15 Letter of Intent to Graduate, 25 Library, 29 Library Card, 17 Linguistics, 99
Course Descriptions, 99 Literature, 66-67
Course Descriptions, 66-67 Little Theatre Productions, 31 Loans, 19 Location of the College, 6
-M-
Map, Campus, 151 Marine Science, 100
Course Descriptions, 100 Master of Arts Degree in.
Biology, 40
English, 65
French, 71
Geography, 11
History, 91
Mathematics, 102
Music History and Literature, 111
Philosophy, 117
Physical Science, 119
Psychology, 122
Social Science Concentration, Geography, 11 History, 91 Political Science, 80 Psychology, 122-123
Spanish, 71
Speech Pathology, 138
Teaching English as a Second Lan- guage, 141 Master of Education Degree in.
Biology, 40
Educational Media, 95-96
Elementary Education, 61
Elementary School Counseling, 48
English, 65
French, 71
Geography, 77-78
German, 71
Health, 84-86
Health and Physical Education, 84- 86
Latin, 71
Mathematics, 102
Reading, 126
Secondary Education, 131-132
148/lndex
Secondary School Counseling, 48
Social Science Concentration, His- tory, 91-92
Spanish, 71 Master of Education, Special Re- quirements, 13-14 Master of Music in.
Composition, 111
Music Education, 110-111
Performance, 111
Theory, 111 Master of Science in.
Chemistry, 43-44
Criminal Justice, 51-52
Educational Media, 96-97
Educational Research, 59
Health, 84-86
Health and Physical Education, 84- 86
Higher Education Counseling, 48 Master's Degree, Requirements for, 13-
14 Mathematical Sciences, 101-107
MA. in, 101-102
M.Ed, in, 102
Course Descriptions, 102-107
Service Courses, 107 Mathematics, 104-105
M.A. in, 102
M. Ed. in, 102
Course Descriptions, 104-105 Mathematics Education, 105-106
Course Descriptions, 105-106 Medical Treatment, 30 Miller Analogies Test, 24-25 Music, 108-116
M.A. in. Ill
Master of, 110-111
Course Descriptions, 111-116 Music Eees, 16 Music, School of, 33
-N- National Direct Student Loan Program,
19 Non-degree Students, 10
Admission Requirements, 10 Non-Discrimination Policy, 2 Notification of Admission, 9
-O-
Off ice of Graduate Studies, 2 Organ Concentration, M. Music, 111
-P-
Pennsylvania Department of Edu- cation, 142
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assist- ance Agency Loan Guaranty Pro- gram, 19
Permanent Certification, 25
Phi Delta Kappa, 31
Provisional Status, 10
Philosophy, 117-118 M.A in, 117 Course Descriptions, 118
Physical Education, 88-89
Physical Science Program, 119 M.A. in, 119
Course Descriptions, See Chemistry, Earth Sciences, Marine Science and Physics
Physics, 120-121
Course Descriptions, 120-121
Piano Concentration, M. Mus., Ill
Placement Services, 30-31
Political Science, M.A. in Social Science, Con- centration, 80 Course Descriptions, 80-82
Professional Studies, 129-134
Programs of Study, 4, 33
Provisional Status, 10
Psychological Services, 30
Psychology, 121-124 M.A. in, 122
M.A. in. Social Science, Concen- tration, 122-123 Course Descriptions, 123-124
Psychology, Educational, 134 Course Descriptions, 134 -R-
Reading, 125-127 M. Ed. in, 126 Course Descriptions, 126-127
Reading Specialist Certification, 126
Refunds, Policy on, 16
Registration, 9
Re-Examination Policy, 21
Removing Incompletes, 24
Rentals, Instruments, 16
Renewal of Instructional I Certi- fication, 26
Repeating Courses, 23-24
Research, 58-59
Research and Related Services, Bureau of, 29
Index/149
Research Requirements, 25 Resident Directors, 20 Responsibility, Students, 9
-S- School of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation Scholarship, 20 Science Education, 127-128
Course Descriptions, 127-128 Science and Mathematics, School of,
33 Second Language, Teaching English as
a, 140-141 Secondary Education and Professional
Studies, 129-134
M.Ed, in, 129-131
M. Ed. in Secondary Education, 131- 132
Course Descriptions, 1 32-1 34 Service Courses in Mathematical
Sciences, 107 Social and Behavioral Sciences,
School of, 33 Social Science, M.A. in, Concentration,
Geography, 71
History, 91
Political Science, 80
Psychology, 122-123 M. Ed. in. Concentration,
History, 91-92 Social Work, 35-36
Course Descriptions, 36 Sociology, 35-36
Course Descriptions, 36 Spanish, 75-76
M.A. in, 71
M.Ed, in, 71
Course Descriptions, 75-76 Special Education, 1 35-136
Course Descriptions, 135-136 Speech and Hearing Clinic, 30 Speech Communication, 136
Course Descriptions, 136 Speech Communication and Theatre,
136-137
Course Descriptions, 136-137 Speech Pathology and Audiology,
137-140
M.A. in, 138
Course Descriptions, 1 38-1 40 Sports Activities, 31-32 Statistics, 107
Course Descriptions, 107 Status, Change of, 22 Status, Provisional, 10 Storm Closings, 30 Student Living, 29 Student Load, 22 Student Loans, 19 Student Responsibility, 9 Summer Sessions, Graduate, 5
-T-
Teaching English as a Second Lan- guage 140-141 M.A. in, 141
Test of English as a Foreign Language, (TOEFL), 11
Theory Concentration, M. Music, 111
Theatre, 137
Course Descriptions, 137
Theatre, Little Theatre Productions, 31
Thesis, Submitting for Binding, 25
Time Limitations on Degree Programs, 21 Re-Examination Policy for Students who Exceed, 21
Transcript, Fee, 16
Transcripts, 24
Transferof Credit, 11,22
-U- Undergraduate Degrees, 6-7 Undergraduate Studies, 6-7 Urban Education, 141 Course Descriptions, 141
-V-
Vehicle Permit, 17
Veteran's Affairs, 31
Voice Concentration, M. Music, 111
-W-
Welkinweir, 6
William Pyle Philips Lecture Foun- dation Series, 31 Withdrawal from Courses, 23 Withdrawal from College, 23
5 _i o
IJL ff O
z
SUMMER
GRADUATE SESSIONS 1979
_j&." ■4feit.*T>--'ijKa!^Ktue- .-^-.^inipn— wrAgj»^
log your mind ...
this summer at West Chester State College
Summer Sessions 1979
us POSTAGE PAID Wwt ChMtvr. Pa. 19380 Pwffltt No. 309
West Chester State College
West Chester. Pennsylvania 19380
.v^^
.A^°
^o-
West .Chester State College Campus Map
▼ TitK 10 Ptlcsliiin
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUAAMER SESSIONS 1979
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE
GRADUATE
SUAAMER SESSIONS
Jog your mind. . .
This summer at West Chester Stote College where the pace is geared to busy people who wont to enrich their personol or professional lives, speed up their degree programs or treat themselves to a study vocation.
The college is located in the Borough of West Chester, a town which retains its colonial ot- mosphere while providing all the modern amenities to be expected in a suburban community. Surrounded by beoutif ul Chester County farmland, with the area's well-known ort colonies and historic battlefields nearby, West Chester is only a short ride away from the reseorch and cultural ad- vontoges of Philadelphia and Wilmington. Washington, D.C. ond New York City are both within three hours traveling time.
From its location, West Chester State College derives its character — a comfortable blend of city and country, of the progressive and traditional. This dichotomy is especially obvious when the work is particularly up-beot and i vigorattng and the compus is its most relaxing.
Summer course lists reflect current vitol issues such OS "Combating Sexism in the Classroom," "Chemistry of the Environment" and "Consumer Health Education," while maintaining a healthy selection of basic courses in mathemotics, the sciences, literoture and the arts.
Study and travel can be combined through West Chester State College's special study tours this year scheduled for India and the national parks of the western United States. Also avoilable ore wilderness adventures in the backlands of Penn- sylvania or marine science investigations conduc- ted at sea.
AH of these courses and the many more listed in the following pages ore conveniently arranged within a three-week pre session, a six-week regular session and a three-week post session. This schedule makes it possible for both the vacationers, taking one course, and the go-getters, absorbing a semester's worth, to fit West Chester into their active summer agenda.
Keeping minds on course is not just a warm- weother activity ot West Chester. It goes on all yeor long. To get in the running, find out about the college ond its graduate progroms by writing or colling the Office of Graduate Studies at (215) 436-2343 or (2 1 5) 436-2943.
STRUaURE OF THE COLLEGE
W«st Chester State College groduate course of- ferings ore divided omortg the schools as follows:
School of Arts and Utten School of Music
Art
GRADUATE PROGRAMS AT WESTCHESTER
Foreign Longuoges Philosophy
ond Theatre Speech Pathology and Audiology
School of Education
Counselor Education
Ed(
Music Educotion
Music History ond Literoture
Musrc Theory ond Compositio
Instrumental Music
Keyboord Music
Vocol ond Choral Music
Biology Chemistry Earth Sciences Mothemoticol Scie
Research Elementary Educotion Instructional Medio Educot, Reoding Secondary Education ond
Professional Studies Special Education Urban Education
School of Health and Physical Crimmol Justice Education Geography and Planning
Government and Politics Health History
Health and Physical Educotion Psychology
For the convenience of readers the arrangement of course offerings is olphabeticol by field or area of study
All correspondence should be directed to
Tho Deon of Graduate Studios
Room 205 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester State College
West Chester, Po. 19380
Telephone : (2 1 5) 436-2243
CERTIRCATION AND/OR MASTER OF EDUCATION
Biology
Counselor Education*
Elementory School
Cou
Secondory School
Cooi
Driver Education ond
Safe Living** Elementary Education English
Geography
Germon
Health
Health ond Physical
Education Latin
Mathematics Readi ng Secondary
Concentratiot Geogrophy
MASTER OF MUSIC
Music Education MusicTheory or Composition Pefformonce
MASTER OF ARTS
Biology English
Geography
Mathematics Options in: Pure Mathematics Mathematics Educotioi Applied Computer Scie
Music History
Philosophy
Physical Science
Psychology
Sociol Science
Concent'otionsrn; Geography
Politicol Science
Psychology Spanish
Speech Pathology Teaching English os o
Second Longuoge
MASTER OF SCIENCE
Chemistry
Counseling
CriminolJustice
Educotionol Reseorch
Health
Heolth and Physicol
ol Medio
The til change.
Eoch summer session offering is contingent upon adequate enrollment ond the judgment of the col-
This cotolog is not to be regarded os on ir- revocable contract between the student ond West Chester Stole College.
Admission to summer session classes does not imply admission to graduole programs.
Fees ore subject tochonge without notice.
West Chester Stote College is committod to com-
plionce with oil opplicable Federal and Srole non- discriminotion statutes. Educo'ionol progroms, ac- tivities, ond employment of the college ore provided without regord to marital stolus, race,
or religious creed In addition, the college ottempts to remove ony barriers and to provide opportunity for educotion and employment of handicapped persons. Inquiries regording compliance with this policy moy be directed to Ms. Jeonnette Som, Direc- tor of Affirmative Action, Philips Memorial Moll, West Chester Stote College, telephone (215) 436-2838.
|
CONTENTS |
|
|
General Information |
...3 |
|
'4 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
How To Schedule and Register |
..5 |
|
Calendar For Summer Sessions |
.5 |
|
Pre Session Offerings |
, .6 |
|
Regulor Session Offerings ., |
.7 |
|
Post Session Offerings |
.9 |
|
Summer Workshops, Other |
|
|
Special Offerings |
.9 |
|
New Course Descriptions |
.11 |
ACCREDITATION
West Chester Stote College is accredited by The Middle Stotes Associotion of Colleges and Secon- dory Schools, The Notional Council for Ac- creditolion of Teocher Educotion, The American As- sociation for Health. Physical Education ond Recreation, The Notionol Associotion of Schools of Mus.c, The Council on Sociol Work Educotion and The Americon Chemicol Society. West Chester Stote College is o member of The Council of Groduote Schools in the United States.
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUMMER SESSIONS 1 979
GENERAL INFORMATION
West Chester's summer program tokes ploce in three sessions of three, six and three weeks, respec- tively. Any student taking a summer course at West Chester is ent.lled to moke full use of oil the col- lege's resources — and they ore extensive.
As one of the largest of the Slate's 1 4 institutions of higher learnmg. West Chester Stole College is a multi-purpose, comprehensive school now in its second century. Anxing the many programs offered (See Poge 3) ore those in teocher educotion, music, professionoi preporction, orts ond sciences. New courses of study ond progroms at the groduote level ore constantly being developed. For complete details, consult the Groduote Cotolog Qvoiloble from the Office of Graduate Studies locoted in the Ruby Jones Hall. i
The Office of Groduote Studies is open Mondoy •hrough Friday 800 am. to 4:30 p.m. through ^Aay. From June through August, the office closes at 4:00 p.m. HOW TO REACH WEST CHESTER
The Borough of West Chester is eosily accessible from all directions both by cor and public transpor- totion. Route 3. the West Chester Pike, leads directly into town from center -city Philodelphio. From the Pennsylvonia Turnpike, motorists traveling west should take Route 202 south from the Valley Forge Interchange while those traveling east can orrive vio Route 100 south from the Downingtown Inter- change. From the south. Route 202 from Witming- ton ond Routes 100 and 52 from US Route 1 oil lead to West Chester
By public transportation, SEPTA buses run from the 69:h Street Terminal m Philadelphia into the center of town while trains also operate on o limited schedule from Philodelphio's 30th Street ond Suburban Stations to West Chester. A lOOK AT THE TOWN AND COUNTRY
Locoted in o bosicolly agricultural region within
metropolitan oreos, West Chester offers the best of the worlds of city, country, small town ond subur- bia. A community of opproximately 20,000, the town is obout 25 miles west of Philadelphia and 1 7 miles north of Wilmington. Delaware The inter- state highway system and good roil connections moke New York City ond Woshington, D.C. olso
silyc
sible
L
West Chester is the county seot of Chester County and the hub of activity for the surrounding area. It ■so marketing, bonking, social services ond library center as well as o focus of light industry.
Despite recent rapid growth. West Chester retains its own speciol flavor ond historicol dignity, Originolly settled by the Quakers during colonial times, the town still has streets lined with well-kept I 9lh Century brick houses, many with detoiled or- nomental iron decoration from neorby forges. West Chester residents are proud of their historical com- munity ond take core in preserving its many or- chitedurol gems including public buildings, chur-
History, art ond architecture buffs can hove o real field day , . and onother ond another . . in Chester County. Within short driving distance are Valley Forge, Longwood Gordens, o Mushroom Museum, the Brondywine River Museum (full of paintings by the Wyeth family and other members of the Brondywine School) cna the Brondywine Battlefield.
Other nearby points of interest include Anthony Woyne's farm home (Waynesborough) ond hi* grove at St. Oovid's Church, the house once oc- cupied by poet Sidney Lonier, the Mason & Dixon Stor-gozer's Stone, St. Peter's village noted for its old houses and quoint shops, and numerous b«outiful and interesting houses ond barns for which the county is highly famed.
Chester County's enthusiosm for its many culturol ond historical sites is contogious so that even those whose interests gerwrolly lie in other oreas ore often soon cough! up in the flavor and foeting of the oreo .
HOUSING
If you would like to live on-compus while atten- ding summer school. West Chester has 8 ottroctive well-appointed residence halls. Each building has
foci I
The I
oted I
Lowrence Center, which houses the dining room, post office, and snack bar They ore also convenient to Sykes College Union, which provides comfor- toble lounges, recreation facilities, the bookstore, and a deli.
You may apply for a room by writing to the Director of Housing, 206 Sykes College Union Building. This written applicotion must be received at least one week prior to the beginning of the ses- sion for which housing is required.
FRANCIS HARVEY GREEN LIBRARY
With a collection of more than 365,000 volumes and subscriptions to more thon 2,500 journols. West Chester's library is a voluoble resource for study and research. The general collection is aug- mented by on extensive micromedio collection representing an additional 300,000 titles along with facilities for reoding this materiol.
The Speciol Collections Room houses the Chester County Collection of scientific and historical books, the Normal Collection (historical books on physical educotion and publications by and about the faculty ond alumni), The Biographies of the Signers of the Declaration of Independence by John San- derson, ond the Shakespeare Folios.
Other collections of note include a variety of
dudic
Ins
Moteriols Center, a separote music library in Swope Hall; the Philips Autographed Book Library housed m a specially designed room in the Philips Memoriol Building,- ond seporate collections of children's literoture and government documenls.
RECREATION SERVICES
For those who like to get owoy from it oil, West Chester has interesting cultural, social, and sports activities in the summer. Recreation Services — the office responsible for meeting the leisure-time needs of summer students — arronges such regular features as excursions to Robin Hood Dell m Philadelphia, Longwood Gardens ond professional baseball gomes
Recreation equipment is ovoiloble to summer students. Items for loan range from tennis rackets, baseboll equipment, volleyballs, softboll bats and bolls, to tents ond sleeping bogs If you wont to shop uptown, or |ust pedol around ond en|oy the scenic beouty of Chester County, you con also bor- row a bicycle. The equipment is loaned from Ehinger Gymnosium.
If you like your exercise competitive, there are m- Iromural softboll and volleyball leagues for both
Sociot programs include donees, student-foculty coffee hours, music progroms and o cinema series.
The following facilities ore open for informal recreation user Hollinger Gymnasium {College Avenue), the tennis courts on both North and South Campus, Ehinger Gymnasium, ond Recreotion Pork, behind Sanderson Hall, Swimming wi II be provided OS facilities ore available.
For detoils. phone or see the Coordinator of Recreotion Services, South Campus (436-21 33).
CAREER PLANNING
« PLACEMENT SERVICES
The college maintains on active Career Develop- ment Center for its students. Notices of oppor- tunities for employment in o voriety of careers are posted regulorly, ond counseling in coreer plan- ning IS available to oil students {See the Graduate Studies Catalog ) There is no charge for these ser- vices. Location: Lowrence Center,
RNANCIAL AID
Information oboul college work-study em- ployment opportunities, student loans, and student grants con be obtoined from the Office of Finonciol Aid, 1 03 Lawrence Center.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
To meet emergency and first-aid needs and to perform routine infirmary treatment of minor il- lness and minor surgical conditions, two part-lime physicians and a stoff of registered nurses ore available at no cost to students. Beyond these ser- vices, the college does not furnish medical core nor bear the costs of medical or surgicol treatment or hospitalization. The community of West Chester hos qualified physicians and excellent hospital facilities. The Health Service is in Reynolds Hall.
Summer students moy take advantage of a group Accident and Health policy, approved by the college and covering them for the I 2 weeks of the summer session, ot o minimol premium. See the Health Service.
THE COUNSELING CENTER
The professional counseling and psychological services of the Counseling Center ore ovoiloble to students needing assistance regarding educotionol, vocational, personal, social and emotional concerns. The counseling psychologists who stoff the center are experienced in counseling, personolity evaluation ond odmmistrotion of psychological tests, Assistonce is provided through both individual and group approaches, depending upon student need All conversations and test results ore confidential, Locotion: Lawrence Center.
VETERAN'S AFFAIRS
West Chester is an accredited college for the education of veterans and mointains on Office of Veterons' Affairs, To opply for benefits, veterans should visit this office, locoted in Ruby Jones Hall.
APPLYING FOR ADMISSION FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR
The Office of Graduate Studies will be glad to give you on opplicotion form and a Graduate Cotalog in which you will find odmission requirements as well os information about the col- lege's degree programs.
SUAAMER SESSIONS FEES & EXPENSES
S|>ecial Note:
The fees listed below reflect charges as of th fall semester, 1978.
Fees are subject to change without notice.
For more up-to-date information at any give time, contact Student Accounts Office, 436-2SS3.
All charges for a session the day of registration.
(Unless othe
nust be paid o
i specified, fees ore paid by check or money order payable to; Commonwealth of Pen- nsylvania, Your check or money order serves as your receipt)
$51 per semester hour of credit Effective m Summer School, 1979, all in-stote ond out-of-state graduate students will pay the some bosic fee. This fee policy will continue to be in ef- fect during the academic year as well.
Housing Fee (Rooms and Meals)
Regular Session $228 Preof Post Session: $1 u No reduction for absences of a tew days. Private rooms: $4 extra per week. Charges for in- dividual meals: breakfast (1 .00, lunch $1 .45, din- ner $1 .80.
Meals $1 7/week Room $2 1 /week
Community Center Fee
$1,00 Pre Of Post Session
S2.00 Regular Session
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUMMER SESSIONS 1 979
Music InstnKlion Fe«
{Regulor Session)
Prono, Organ, Instrument, or Voice — two
lessons per week; $55
Instrument Closs or Ensemble; $35
Pipe Organ for Proctic*
Regulor Session: $12 Pre or Post Session: $6 (Nochorge for piano for proctice)
Rental of Bond or Orcheitral Instruments
Late Registration Fee
The $1 0 lote reglstrotion fee is charged lo students who register after dosses begin
Refunds
All refund requests must be mode m writing during the session for which o refund is requested Contact the Groduote Office, 2nd floor. Ruby Jones Holl.
Basic Fee Refunds:
W.thdrowals during the first we.
Sessions — o50%refund-
Withdrowols dunng the first an.
Regulor Session — a 50% refund
There is no refund of the bosic fee after the first
week of Pre or Post Session, and after the second
week of Regular Session.
The Community Center Fee is not refundoble. Room
and boord refunds ore on o weekly proroted basis.
k of Pre and Post I second week of
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
CREDITS
Credits ore usually earned < semester hour for eoch week of student ottending all three 12 credits
West Chester students wishing to carry more than six semester hours in Regular Session must secure permission from their advisors,
WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE IN SUMMER SES- SION
Students who stop ottending classes in which they ore enrolled will received o WP or o WF for the course if they hove filed the proper withdrawal forms. In order tc withdrew officially from summer session classes, o student must submit o completed summer session withdrawal form to the Graduote Studies Office before the end of Ihol summer ses-
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE COLLEGE
|
from the graduote program m*. |
st give the deon of |
|
groduote studies written notice |
stating the reason |
|
for the withdrawal. The student |
s lost doy m dosses |
|
will be considered the student's |
ermmotion dote. |
COLLEGE REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
The doss-obsence policy for the ocad
Groduote Studies Cotolog.
HOW TO SCHEDULE &
REGISTER
PERMITS TO REGISTER for the Summer Sessions will be mailed to all students presently enrolled in groduote courses and to those on the moiling list
Graduate students moy schedule for any of the summer sessions from Moy 7 through May 10, 1 979. If you ore o new student or did not receive o PERMIT TO REGISTER through the moil, please con- Office of Groduote Studies Room 205 Ruby Jones Hall 215-436-2243
PLEASE NOTE, You have completed the Scheduling process when your PERMIT TO REGISTER, properly completed ond beonng both your signature ond o signoture from ihe op- propriote department, hos been returned to the Of- fice of Graduate Studies Improperly signed PER- MITS TO REGISTER will be returned to you. A Scheduling period May 7-10, 1979 hos been established so thoi the students may complete the scheduling process prior to the registration period and ovoid possible deloys You hove completed the Regis
lege dota bonk ond when
xds hove been entered i
;col-
No bills the Summer Sessic printed below to le'
JiOU
jid your bil
dents enrolling in nsuH the colendor nplele registration
TO SCHEDULE
1 Contact your advisor, complete your PERMIT TO REGISTER, obtain the necessory si9noture{s) ond sign the cord yourself
Note ony restrictions on course enrollment prin- ted in the course listing If you hove any questions, please contact the Office of Groduote Studies.
2. Return your signed PERMIT TO REGISTER to the Office of Graduote. Studies. No bill will be moiled
5.
CALENDAR FOR SUMMER SESSIONS REGISTRATION INFORMATION
May 31, Thursday
2:00-6:30 pm Scheduling for Pre-Session only 2.00-7.00 pm Registrotion for Pre-Session only If you hove scheduled for Pre-Session. go directly to Lowrence Center, gel your bill ond poy it If you are o new student or do not hove o PERMIT TO REGISTER, report to the Graduate Office in the Ruby Jones Holl to obtain o PERMIT TO REGISTER, see your advisor, return your signed PERMIT TO REGISTER to the Office of Graduate Studies, obtain a business office card, go to Lowrence Center ond pay your bill
June 4 (Monday)
Closses begin
Office of Graduate Studies will be open until
The late registration fee of $1 0 will be ossessed ■ oH graduate students whose registrations for Pre- Session ore processed on or after this dote Drop & Add period for Pre Session Only
ion only 2 00-6.30 pm
Registration for Regulor Session only
Lawrence Center
2 00-7 00 pm.
If you hove scheduled for Regulor Session, go directly to Lowrence Center, get your bill ond pay it If you ore o new student or do not have o PERMIT TO REGISTER, report to the Office of Groduote Studies in the Ruby Jones Hall to obtoin o PERMIT ■ TO REGISTER, see your odvisor, return your signed*^ ^
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUAAMER SESSIONS T979
PERMIT TO REGISTER lo the Office of Graduate Studies, obtom a business office cord, go to Lowrence Center and pay your bill.
June 3S (Monday)
Under groduote registration for Regulor Session
June 26 (Tuesday)
Closses begin
Drop & Add period for Regulor Session only Tfie late registration fee of $10 will be assessed oil groduote students wfiose registrations for Regular Session ore processed on or after this dote.
August 2 (Thursday)
Scheduling for Post Session only 200-3:30 pm
Registration for Post Session only,
Lawrence Center 2:00-4:00 pm
If you have scheduled for Post Session, go direc- tly to Lowrence Center, get your bill ond pay it. If you are o new student or do not hove a PERMIT TO REGISTER, report to the Office of Groduote Studies m Ruby Jortes Holl to obtain o PERMIT TO REGISTER, ' see your advisor, return your signed PERMIT TO REGISTER to the Office of Groduote Studies, obtain o business office card, go to the Lowrence Center and poy your bill.
August 7 (Tuesdoy)
Classes begin
Drop ond Add Period for Post Session only.
The late registration fee of $10 will be ossessed oil groduote students whose registration for Post Session ore processed on or after this dote.
Pre Session
Monday, June 4 through Friday, June 22
See the 1978-79 Groduote Studies Bulletin for • course descriptions. NEW, following a course listing indicates o course not previously offered or curren- tly described. DeKripnons for these courses oppeor in this publication beginning on Poge 1 1 . All of- ferings listed ore contingent upon sufficient enrol- lment. Semester hours of credit ore shown in paren- theses following the course title. Closses meet Mon- doy through Thursday unless otherwise noted.
Art
4:1S-7:4Sp.ni.
ART 531, 532, 533, 534-Ceramics Workshop (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Of-
Tibination with undergroduote
•Scheduled workshop
Biology
4:30-6:30 p,ni.
BIO 500 -■ Methods and Materials of Reseorch (21 6:30-9:30p.ni.
BIO 559 - Advanced Human Anotomy (3)
Chemistry
All Permits to Registw cords must be signed t>y coerdinotori: Dr. J, >. Bro»o, C339, Sehniu<l<er, 436-2778, or Dr. J. Mongrovit., C35S; or Choi,p«. son of the Chemistry Deportment, Dr. Foery FOR ADVISINO coll Dr. Bro«o. For pr.-,<h«l„ling. Moy 7lhraughl0, 1979
Dr. J, Brovo, 4-4:30 T » Th. May «th ond 1 0th. C339
Or. J. Mongravito 4-6:30 M < W, Moy 7th ( 9th
For pro-session scheduling: May 31, Ih., 3-6:30-Dr, Brovo C339 or Or. Mongrovito C355 For regulor toksion — Juno 21 , Th., 2-6:30
4:30-7:30 p.m.
CHE 503 -- Chemistry of the Environment (3) (In- cludes loborotory ond/or field trips)
CHE 504 -- foundotions of Nutrition (3) (Not for M.S. in Chemistry)
To Be Arranged
CHE 505 -- Fundamental Topics in Chemistry (3) Tcpic Orgonic Chemistry and Anolyticol Chemistry (Not for MS in Chemistry)
CHE 580 - Independent Study in Chemistry (3-5) CHE 61 O— Reseorch/Thesis (3-6)
Counselor Education
5:00-8:45 p.m.
EDC 520 - Counseling for Human Differences (3)
EDC 567 -- Group Dynomics (3)
•EDC 572 Counseling and Consultolive Techniques in the Elementary School (3)
•EDC 573 -Counseling ond Consultolive Techniques m the Secondary School (3)
EDC 602 .- Skill Development in Counseling. A Helping Model Workshops (3)
(See "Summer Workshop/Other Speciol Of-
'Combined courses which will be tought as one
Criminal Justice
5:30-8:30 p.m. June 4 through July 1 3
CRJ/SWO 543 -Sociol Rehabilitation of the Of- fender (3) Tuesday and Thursdoy
Early Childhood and Elementory Education
6:00-9:30 p.m.
EDE 543 -- Creative Enpresi School (3)
EDE 582 - Workshop in Sociol Studies (3) (See Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings')
EDE 584 -Workshop in Eorly Childhood Education (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings")
EDE 585 - Workshop in Longuoge Arts (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings")
EDE 695— Seminor In Elementary Educotion (3)
EDG 542 .. Creotive Thinking; Gifted ond Tolen- led (3) NEW
EDG 546 -- Gifted and Tolented: Teoching Strotegies ond Materials (3) NEW
Earth Sciences
6:00-9:00 p.m.
ESS 51 4 -Mineralogy (3) ESS 523 -■ General Geologic Soulheostern Pennsylvania (3)
1 the Elementory
Field Studies of
To Be Arronged
ESS519FieldGeology(l-3)
(Field Proiects) (Musi hove permission of instruc- tor-Ehleiter)
English
6:00-9:30 p.m.
ENG 570 - British ond Continental Short Story (3)
Foreign Languages
6:00-9:00 p.m.
LIN 580-Longuage and Culture (3)
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
All Permit to Register cords must be signed by the ossociote dean of graduate studies.
Telephone scheduling (436-2260 or 436-2610) Mondoy, May 7, from 2-4 p.m.; Wednesday, May 9, from 2-4 p.m.; In Person scheduling Tuesday, May 8, from 4-6 p.m.; Thursday, Moy 10, from 6-8
6:30-9:30 p.m.
HPE 500 — Contemporary Problems in Health, Physicol Educotion, and Recreotion (3)
HPE 604 -■ Administrative and Supervisory Proc- tices in Heolth, Physicol Education, Recreation, ond Athletics (3)
HPE 605 - Curriculum in Heolth and Physical Education (3)
HED 525 - Elementary School Heolth Education(3)
HEO 526 - Life Support Techniques (3)
HED 623 - Addictive Diseoses (3)
PED 580 - Sports Psychology (3)
PEO 663 - Psychology in Sofety Educotion ond Accident Prevention (3)
History
6:00-9:30 p,m.
HIS 501 -Studies in the History and Culture of SouthAsio(3)
HIS 553 -The Rise of the New Notion: 1789-1850(3)
Instructional Media Education
6:00-9:30 p,m.
EOM 505 -- Motion Picture in Education (3) EDM 51 9 -Library Science (3)
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUMMER SESSIONS 1 979
Mathematics
6:00-«:30p.m.
MTE 558 - Teaching Molhemolics in Ihe Junior High School (3)
Music*
6:00-9:30 p.m.
MUS 51 7 - Psychology of Music (3)
'School of Mutic
Counseling by telephone or office oppointment. Coll or write Dr Singleton 800 am -4,30 p.m., April 23- May 10. Swope Hall, Room 11, phone 436-2539 All Permits-to-Regislor musl b* lignod by Dr. Singleton.
Psychology «:00-9:30p.m.
PSY 505 - Advanced General Psychology (3) PSY 506-Theorie5 of Leorning (3) PSY524-Psychometrics(3)
Reading
4:30-7:00 p.m.
EDR 521-01 - Reoding Clinic Procticum and Seminar I (3)
EDR 521-02 - Reading Clinic Procticum and Seminar I (3)
EDR 540-Seminar m Reading (3)
6:30-9:00 p.m.
EDR 510 — Foundations of Reoding Instruction K-12{3)
Secondary Education and Professional Studies
6:00-9:30 p.m.
EDF 500 -Methods and Materials of Research (3)
EDF 5 1 0— Educotionol Foundolions (3)
EDF590-SchoolLow(3)
EDS 506 -The Junior High School (3)
Social Work
S:30-8:30p.m. June4through July 13
SWO 520-Theory for Sociol Work Practice (3) Monday and Wednesday
SWO/CRJ 543..Sacial Rehabilitation of the Of- fender (3) Tuesday and Thunday
Speech Pathology and Audiology 6:00-9:30 p.m.
SPP 506-Equipment Workshop (3)
SPP 520-SeminQr in Speech Pathology (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Offerings")
Regular Session
Tuesday, June 26 through Friday, August 3
See the 1 978-1 979 Graduate Studies Bulletin for course descriptions NEW, following a course listing indicotes o course not previously offered or curren- tly described. Descriptions for those courses appeor in this publication beginning on page 1 1 All of- ferings 'isted ore contingent upon sufficient enrol- lment Semester hours of credit ore shown m paren- theses following the course title Classes meet each weekday (unless otherwise shown) during Regular Session except July 4
Art
8:00-9:30 a.m.
ART 531 , 532, 533, 534-Ceramics Workshop (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Of- ferings')*
ART 551 - Art in Elementary Educotion (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings")* 9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
ART 541 -- Printmaking. Relief. Independent ProieclsO)*
11:00a.m.-l 2:30 p.m.
ART 531 , 532, 533, 534 -Ceramii (See "Summer Workshops/Olhe
ART 542 -Pri
dent Protects (3)'
ART 546 - Droi
i Workshop (3) Special Of
itmoking: Silk-Screen, Indepen-
ring: Independent Projects (3)' 1:00-2:30 p.m.
ART 516,517, 520-PoinIing Workshop (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Offerings")"
'Schedule in combination with undergraduate wor k shops/cour ses
Biology
8:00-9:00 a.m.
BIO 570 Seminor in Populotion Biology (2) 9:00-10:30 a.m.
BIO 567 -Endocrinology (3) 10:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m.
BIO 505 — Field Ecology ond Natural History (3) Including Loborotory
Chemistry
All Permits to Register cards must be signed by coofdinaters: Dr. J. 8. Bravo, C339, Schmucker, 436-2778, or Dr. J. Mongravite, C3SS,- or Cliairper-
son of the Chemistry Department, Dr. Foery. FOR ADVISING coll Dr. Bravo. For pre-scheduling. May 7 through 10, 1979
Dr. J. Brovo, 4-6:30 T X Th., May 8th and lOlh., C339
Dr. J. Mangrovite 4-6:30 M X W, Moy 7th 1 9lh For pre-session scheduling: May 31, Th., 2-6:30— Or. Brovo C339 or Dr. Mongravite C35S Forregularsession—June21,Th., 2-6:30.
To Be Arranged
CHE 505 - Fundomentol Topics in Chemistry (3) Topici Organic Chemistry, Physical Chemistry or
Anolyti.
I Che
istry
in Che
(Not for MS in Chemistry) CHE 590 -Independent Studie
(1-6)
CHE 61 0— Reseorch/Thesis (6)
9:30-1 1:00 cm.
SCI 570 -Science and Human Volues (3)
4:30-5:4S p.m.
CHE 5 1 3 -Geochemistry (3)
CHE 531 -Organic Reaction Mechanisms (
Counselor Education
8:00-9:30 o.m.
EDC 540-Assessment Methods in Guidonce (3)
EDC 571 -Theories of Counseling (3)
'EDC 574 - Group Procedures in the Elementary School (3)
'EDC 575 — Group Procedures in the Secondary School (3)
'Combined courses which will be taught as one
doss.
9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
EDC 503 - I ntroduclion to Guidance Services (3) EDC 585 -- Contemporary Issues and Trends in
Guidance (3)
I1:00a.m.-I2:3ap.m. EDC 556 - Coreer Development Theories and
Proctices(3)
EDC 567-Group Dynamics (3)
EDC 578— Counseling Techniques with Adults (3) EDC 591 - Procticum in Secondary School
Guidance and Counseling (3)
Criminal Justice 4:30-6:00 p.m.
CRJ 540-Foundatic
sofCri
B(3)
Early Childhood and Elementary Education
8:00-9:30 a.m.
EDE 522 -- Teaching Ihe Communication Skills (3) EDE 543 - Creative Expression in the Elementary
School (3) EDE 553 - Child Development ond Behovior II (3) EDE 56 1 -Guidance in the Elementary School (3) EDE 589 -. Teaching Skills to Combat Sexism (3)
NEW (See "Summer Wc'kshops/Other Spec.al Of-
; Thinking: Gifted end Talen-
ings J
EDG 542— Ci ted (3) NEW 9:30-1 1 :00a.iT
EDE 530 -Soc
Siudii EDE 55 1 —Child Developrr
lentory Education nd Behavior (1) EDE 565 — Effective Classroom Monogemert (3) EDE 587--Workshop in Affective Educoticn (3) NEW (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Of- ferings")
EDE 588— Workshop in Gifted and Talentod (3) NEW
11:00a.m.-12:30p.it
EDE 502 - Introt Education (3)
EDE 548 -- Curriculum Theory ond Tre-id^ in Elementary Education (it)
EDE 549--Theory ond Trends in the longuoge Arts (3)
EDG 583 - Workshop in Creativity (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Of- ferings")
Early Childliood
WEST CHESTER STATE COL LEGE— SUMMER SESSIONS 1979
Earth Sciences 6:00-9:30 a.m.
ESS530--Principlesof Oceanography (3)
ESS 591 -Independent Study (1-3)
SCE 595--Elementary School Science lnstruclion(3)
9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
ESS 51 2— Historicol Geology (3) ESS515--Petrology(3) ESS 591 -Independent Study (1 -3) SCE 500-Modern Trends In Science Education (3) SCE 5 1 0- Workshop rn Secondary School Cur- riculum-FUSE K-1 2 (3) l1:00a.Ti. .|2.30p.ni. ESS 5 1 0 -Principles of Physical Geology (3) ESS 521 -Geology m Elementory School (3) ESS 540 -Introduction to Meterology (3) ESS 591 - Independent Study ( 1 -3)
English
8:00-9:30 a.m.
ENG507-LilerotureSeminor: Dickens (3) 9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
ENG 508-Writing Seminor: Teaching Com- position (3)
ENG 579-51udies in American English (3)
ENG 592--Literature for the Elementary School (3) 11:00a.m.-1 3:30 p.m.
ENG 525--Shake5peare: Tragedies and Histories (3)
Foreign Languages 8:00-9:30 a.m.
LAN 503-Techniques of Second Longuoge Teochmg{3) Monday-Friday 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m., and Sat. 9:00
LAN 580-01, 02-lndividuolizing and Per- sonolizing Foreign Longuoge Instruction (2 or 3) June 25 through June 30 (See ■Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Offerings') Students may porlicipole in another course offered in regular session if prior permission is acquired (3) ~ 9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
SPA 5 1 0--Advanced Sponish Phonetics (3) 11:00 a.m.-12:30 p.m.
SPA 545 -The Latin American Novel (3)
LAN 580-03 - Seminar in Second Longuoge Educotion: Teoching Reading in English-os-o- Second-Longuoge (3)
FRE 590 - Independent Study (3)
GER 590 - Independent Study (3) Included in German Majors Progrom, i.e., students must register with Mr, Ronald L- Gougher, Deportment of Foreign Languages
Geography and Planning
6:00-10:00 p.m.
GEO 524 — Geography of Populotion (3) Monday and Wednesday.
GEO 526 — Metropoliton Systems ond Problems (3) Tuesday and Thursday.
Government and Politics
9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
PSC 533-Congre5SiOnol Politics (3) 6:45-1 0:00 p.m.
PAD 577--Government Personnel ond Monogement (3) Tuesday and Thursday. NEW
Health, Physical Education, ond Recreation
All Permit to Register cords must be signed by the ossociote doon of graduate studios.
Telephone scheduling (436-3260 Or 436-3610) Monday, May 7, from 3-4 p.m.: Wednesday, May 9, from 3-4 p.m.;
In person scheduling Tuesday, May 8, from 4-6 p.m.; Thursday, May 1 0, from 6-8 p.m.
8:00-9:30 a.m.
HPE 601 -Techniques of Measurement ond Evaluotion in Health and Physical Educotion (3)
HED 523 -Consumer Education (3)
PED 550-Elemcntary Physical Education Workshop (3) 9:30-10:30 a.m.
HPE 600-.Methods and Materials of Reseorch in Health and Physical Education (2)
HPE 606-Reseorch Project Seminar I (2)
HPE 607--Reseorch Protect Seminar N (1)
HPE 608 -Thesis Seminar (2)
HPE 610 -Thesis (4) 9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
PED 586- The Olympic Gomes (3)
PED 682-Biodynamics of Human Performance (3) 11:00 a.m.-l3:30 p.m.
HPE 602--Hislorical and Philosophical Bases for Heollh ond Physical Educotion (3)
HED 620- School Health Problems (3)
PED 684 -Sport ond Society (3) 1:30-3:30 p.m.
Monday through Thursday
PED 571 -Outdoor Education Workshop (3) 6:00-9:30 p.m.
Mondoy through Thursday
PED 561 -Seminar in the Four-Phase Program of Driver Education (3) June 25 through July 1 3
History
9:30-1 1 :00 a.m.
HIS 500- Methods ond Moteriols of Research in History (3)
HIS 51 2-lndependent Black Africa (3) 11:00a.m.-1 2:30 p.m.
HIS 556--America since 1919(3) To Be Arranged
HIS 660 -Field Studies in History (South Asio) (6) (See Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings)
Instructional Media Education
8:00-9:30a.m.
EDM 520 -Designing Instructional Maleriols (3) 9:30-1 1 :00 a.m.
EDM 522--Production of Nan-Pro|ected ond Pro(ecIed Moteriols (3)
EDM 525-Photography for Teachers (3) 11:00a.m.-1 3:30 p.m.
EDM 526 -Intermediate Photography (3)
EDM 560 - Organization and Adminislrotion of Instructional Medio (3) By Appointment
EDM 590 Internship in Educotionol Medio (2)
Mathematics
8:00-9:30 a.m.
MTE 501 --Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics I (3)
MTE 502--Fundomental Concepts of Mathemotics II (3)
MAT 51 2 - Modern Algebro (3)
CSC 505--lntroduction to Computer Science (3) 9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
MTE 504 -Reseorch in Mathemotics Education (3)
MAT 535 -Topology (3)
MAT 541 -Advonced Calculus (3)
CSC 501 - Introduction to Computers (3) 11:00 a.m.-12:30 p.m.
MTE 562-The Loborotory Approach to Teaching Elementary School Mathemotics (3)
MTE 563--Use of the Mathematics Lotorotory m the Secondnry School (3)
MAT 58 1 -Methods of Applied Mathematics (3)
CSC 595--Topics in Computer Science (3)
Music* 8:00-9:30 a.m.
MUS 650-Advanced Bond Arranging (3) MUS 651 -Advonced Orcheslrotion (3) MUS7l4--Acou-.lics(3) 9:30-1 1:00 a.m.
MUS 606--Choral Literoture (3)
MUS 627--History of Symphonic Music (3)
"School of Music
Counseling by telephone or office oppointment. Coll or write Dr. Sinolelon 8:00 o,r«.>«:30 p!iti.v -■
April 23.May 10, Swope Holl, Room 11, phone 436-2539 All Permils-lo-Regislor must bo signed by Or. Singleton.
11:00o.m.-1 2:30 p.m.
MUS 500-Methods ond Moteriols of Research (3)
MUS 50 1 -Aspects of Musicol Style 1 (3)
MUS 502.-Aspects of Musical Style II (3)
MUS 592--Morching Bond Techniques ond
Moteriols (3)
12:30-2:00 p.m. MUS 636-Contemporary Music (3)
2:00-3:15 p.m. MAW 558-Master Closs, Woodwinds (2)
By Appointment
•■559-560--Private Instruction, Minor Level (1 ) ■*561 -564 - Private Instruction, Mo|Or Level (1 ) ••564-569 - Private Instruction. Advonced Level (2)
••Performonce Oreo prefixes. PIA, VOI, ORG VLN, VLA, VCL, BAS, FLU, OBO, ENH, CLT SAX BSN, HRP, FRH, TPT, TRB. BAR. TBA, PER, Note: On your Permil-to-Regisler, please write the name ot the leocher you prefer for your "Individual Lessons" (or state No preference"), MUS 691 -Research Seminor in Music (2) MUS 692 -Reseorch Seminar in Music (1 ) MUS696- Recilol(l) MUS697-Recilol(2) MUS 698- -Reseorch Report ( 1 ) MUS699-Thesis(3)
THREE-WEEK COURSES IN MUSIC
Each of these courses meets Monday through
Friday, at times mdicoted
June25throughJuly 13
8:00-1 1:00 a.m. MUS 5 1 0 -Current Trends in Music Educotion (3) MUS 523--Elemenlary Orff Techniques (3) MUS 603 --Romantic Piano Literature (3) MUS 608--Bross Literature (3) MUS 680--Music in Early Childhood (3)
July 16 through August 3 8:00-10: OOo.m.
ICO 556-557 - Advanced Instrumentol Conduc- ting (2) 8:00-11 :00 a.m.
MUS 503-Philosophical Foundotions of Music Education (3) 11:00 a.m.-2:00p.m.
MUS 590-Piono Pedogogy (3) 12:30-2:00 p.m.
SEN 546 - String Ensemble (2)
ceo 556-557-Advonced Choral Conducting (2) 2:0O-3:1Sp.m.
CH0 542-545-Chorus(l) 3:15-4:30 p.m.
BND 542-545- Bond (1) Music Workshops t 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
•••MWE 536-Workshop, Music Education (3)
July I 6 through July 20
(See Summer Workshops/Other Special Of- ferings ")
'••MWH 536-Workshop, Hondbell5(3)
July 23 through July 27
(See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Of- ferings")
•'•Do not put workshop registrations on the Per- mit-to-Register. Use workshop registration forms thot con be obtained from the Swope Music Office,
Physics
11:00 o.m.-Noon
PHS 502-Modern Trends in Teaching Physicol Science (2), Required for MA, in Physical Science,
Psychology
6:00-9:30 p.m.
PSY 501 -Introductory Statistics for the Behoviorol Sciences (3) Tuesday and Thursday.
PSy 517 -Introduction to Psychopothology (3> ■ TuMdoy and Thursday. k ^ ■
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUMMER SESSIONS 1979
1 Sexual Behovior (3) Monday
PSY 527--Behavior Atedificallon (3) Monday and Wodn«day
PSY 530--Hum( and Wadnouloy
PSY 544--lndividuot Ps/chometric Techniques: Wechsler end Binet Scales (3) Tuo^Joy and Thur- sday
PSY 559 -Psychotherapy (3) Monday and Wed- nesday To Be Anonged
PSY 600-Reseorch Report (3)
PSY 610 -Thesis (3)
PSY 61 5--Clinicol Proctlcum in Psychology (2-6)
PSY 620-Practicum in School Psychology {3-1 5)
Reading
8:00-9:30 a.m.
EDR 516-Reading Disobilities (3) »:30-1 1:00 a.m.
EDR 51 7-Current Practices on Teaching Develop- mental and Corrective Reading (3)
EDR 522-01 -Reading Clinic Proclicum ond Seminar II (3)
EDR 525-Reoding far the Disadvontaged (3)
EDR 541-01 -Organization ond Operation of ReodingProgroms:K-12(3) n:00a.m.-H:30p.m.
EDR 522-02 - Reading Clime Procticum and Seminorll(3)
EDR 541-02-Or9anizotion and Operotion of Reading Programs: K-1 2 {3)
Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
8:00-9:30 a.m.
EDF 500-01 -■ Methods ond Moteriols of Reseorch (3)
EDF 501 --Methods and Moteriols of Research for Elementory Education Mojors (3)
EDF 503..The Emerging Curriculum (3)
EDF 51 0-01 -- Educotionol Foundotions(3)
EDP 550-01 -Advonced Educational Psychalogy(3) 9:30-11 :00a.m.
EDF 500-02--Methods and Moteriols of Research(3)
EDF 504 -Middle School Workshop (3)
EDF 5 1 0-02 - Educotionol Foundolions (3)
EDP 550-02 - Advanced Educotionol Psychology(3) 1l:00a.m.-12:30p.m.
EDF 507--Volues Clorificotion in Human Relotions(3)
EDF 5 1 0-03 -Educational Foundolions (3)
EDP 560-Behovior Modificotion (3) 6:00-9:30 p.m.
EDF 510-04 - Educational Foundolions (3| Tuesday and Thursday
Social Work
5:30-8:30 p.m.
SW052I -Social Group Work with Women in Tronsition (3) Monday and Wednesday, July 16 through August 24
SWO 522 -Family Theropy in Sociol Work (3) Tuesday and Thursday July 1 6 through August 24
Special Education
8:00-9:30 o.m.
EDA 502 -Noture and Needs of the Gifted ond Talented (3) NEW
EDA 541 -Psychology of Exceptionol Children (3) S:00a.m.-Noon
EDA 540-Workshop in Speciol Educotion (6) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings") 9:30-1 1 :00 a.m.
EDA 500-Moinstreoming for Exceptional Students (3) NEW
Sp««ch Communication and Theatre
9:30-1 1 :00 o.m.
SPC 518--Ielevis.on Progrom Directing (Oomatic)(3) 6:30-9:00 p.m.
THA 550 - Summer Droma Workshop (1 -6) Mon- day through Thursdov (Those who toke more than 3 credits must olio meet daytime lob hours to be orTOnged). See "Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Offerings."
Speech Pathology and Audiology
2:00-5:00 p.m.
5PP 51 1 -Voice Disorders (3) Monday, Tuosdoy, Wednesday.
SPP 535-Seminar in Audiology (3) (See "Sum- mer Workshops/Other Special Offerings") Monday Tuosday, Wednesdoy 6:00-9:00 p.m.
SPP 515 -Orotaciol Anomolies (3) Monday Tuesday, Wednesday.
SPP 516-Neuromuscular Disorders (3) Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday. To Be Arranged
SPP 560--GrodualeClinicol Procticum (1)
SPP 560 -Graduate Clinicol Procticum (3)
Post Session
Tuesday, August 7
through
Friday, August 24
Sec the 1 978-1 979 Groduote Studies Bulletin for course descriptions NEW. following a course listing indicotes a course not previously offered or curren- tly described Descriptions for these courses appeor in this publication beginning on Page 1 1 - All of- ferings listed are contingent upon sufficient enrol- lment. Semester hours of credit ore shown in paren- theses following the course title. Glosses meet Mon- doy through Fridoy during Post Session unless otherwise noted.
Biology
8:00 a.m.- Noon
BIO 578--Fresliwoter Invertebrotes (3) Including Loborotorv
Counselor Education
8:00-9:30 a.m. and 1 0:30 a.m.-Noon
EDC 545--Psychomelric Interpretations in Reading (3)
EDC 567 -Group Dynamics (3)
EDC 569 -- The Professionol Counselor in the Secondory School (3) August 6 thru August 1 S 9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m.
EDC 600 -- "Career Development Progromming: A Practical Approach for Practitioners Workshop" (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Of- ferings")
Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
8:00-9:30 a.m. and 1 0:30 o.m. -Noon
EDE 504 - Eorly Childhood Educotion Progroms(3) EDE 522-Teaching the Communicotion Skills (3) EDE 549 — Theory ond Trends in the Longuage
Arts (3) EDE 553--Child Development and Behavior II (3) EDE 580 - Workshop in Elementary Education (3)
(See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Of-
EDE 565 - Workshop in Longuoge Arts (3) (New Approach) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings")
Earth Sciences
To Be Arronged
ESS 520-Geology of the Notionol Porks (4) (Must hove permission of instructor-Johnson) ESS 591 -Independent Study (1 -3)
English
8:00-9:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m.-Noon
ENG 566-Comparative Lileroture The Greek Myths (3)
Geography and Planning
8:00-9:30 a.m. and 10:00 a.m.-Noon
GEO 571--Conservotian Workshop (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other Speciol Offerings")
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
All Pormil to Register cords must bo signed by the oCMciato deon of groduote studies.
Tolophone scheduling (436-2260 Or 436-2610)
Monday, May 7, from 2-4 p.m.; Wednesday, May 9, from 2-4 p.m.; In person scheduling Tuesday, May 8, from 4-6 p.m.; Thursday. Mary 1 0, from 6-1 p.m.
8:00-9:30 a.m. ond 1 0:30 a.m.-Noon
PED 581 -Adopted Physical Educotion (3)
6:00-9:30 p.m.
HED 621 -Human Sexuolity in a Changing Society (3) Mondoy through Thursday
History
8:00-9:30 o.m. and 1 0:30 o.m.-Noon
HIS 550 -Colonial America: 1 607-1 763 (3)
Instructional Media Education
8:00-9:30 a.m. ond 1 0:30 a.m.-Noon
EDM 533— Television in Education for Teachers C EDf.' 563-Field Study in Educotionol Medio (3)
MUSIC WORKSHOPS 8:00a.m.-4:30p.m.
•••MWB 536--Warkshop. Morching Bond (3) August 6 through August 10 (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings ,")
•••MWJ 536 -Workshop. Jozz Studies (3) August 13 through August 17 (See "Summer Workshops/Other Special Offerings")
9:00 a.m.-9:00 p.m.
••■MWP 536--Workshop, Class/Small-Group Piano (1 ) August 1 3 through August 1 5 (See "Sum- mer Workshops/Other Speciol Offerings ,")
•*"Do not put workshop registrations on the Per- mit-to-Register Use workshop regislrotion forms thot con be obtained from the Swope Music Office,
Psychology
6:00-9:30 p.m.
PSY 5 1 2-Psycholagy of Personolity (3) PSY 530 -Humon Sexual Behavior (3)
Reading
8:30-1 1:30 a.m.
EDR 515-Reading in the Content Areas: Secon- dory (3)
Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
8:00-9:30 o.m. and 1 0:30 a.m.-Noon
EDF 509--Contemporory Teaching Trends (3) EDF 5 1 O-Educotionol Foundations (3) EDF 580 -History of Americon Educotion (3) EDO 51 l-Environmentol Outdoor Educotion
Workshop (3) (See "Summer Workshops/Other
Special Offerings ")
Special Education
8:00-9:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m.-Noon
EDA 573--Developmentol Assessment of Children with Learning Problems (3)
SUMMER WORKSHOPS/
OTHER SPECIAL
OFFERINGS
An
Studio Workshops
Pre and Regulor Sessions
A number of art workshops, open in nolure, offer opportunities in drawing, pointing, worer color, ceramics, and printmoking To moke the op- propriate course selection, check the course listings with their descriptions in the regulor cotolog.
All
ART 55 1 -Art in Elementory Education (3)
A workshop course concerned with the effective ond creotive teoching of orf in the elementary school, together with the innovotive use of cullurol
J
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUAAMER SESSIONS 1979
G>unseior Educotion June 4 thru June 22
Skill Development in Counseling: A Helping Model (3) EOC 602
Thi5 pre-sess.on workshop w.ll dwell on the im- pfovemenl of counseling skills which ore useful m vonous sellings Emphosis will be on personol development, skill acquisition, and skill develop-
ing
techniques thot have opplicability in various helping settings
Counseling techniques will be developed and strerigthened through the ulilizotion of role-ploying
clients The use of audio and video counseling ses- sions will be on integral segment of this workshop- Lectures ond discussions of the various techniques thot will improve counseling skills will olso be in- cluded,
The primary goal of this workshop is the im- provement of your individual counseling skills.
Counselor Education August 6 thru August 1 5
Career Developnrtent Programming: A Practical Approach for Practitioners (3) EDC 400
The workshop will focus upon both iheconleni of career development programming as well os the
behoviorol outcomes manifested by consumers of the service There is o plonned balance between didactic ond experienliol sessions exposing por- ticiponts to topics ronging from how to generote a strong rolionole for the progrom to how on effec- tive evaluotion should be constructed and executed. Emphosis will be placed on the ap- plicofion of system design and objectives-bosed programming formots os the vehicle for coreer development programming.
This performonce oriented workshop will oc- tively involve porticiponts in each phose of progrom development, exominotion and evoluotion of o wide range of resource motertols, explorotory visits to vonous sites, and interoction
./ilhv
ring
The gcxjfs of the workshop ore to enhance the participant's owareness of the vocotionolizotion ospects of human development ond io ocquire the necessary skills for tronsloting the knowledge into workable programs to facilitate their client's career development.
Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Throughout the summer there ore several workshops offered which focus on the needs of leochers These workshops ore problem-based and integrate theoretical basics with procticol ideos
Workshop in Social Studies (3) (EDE 582) Pre- Session
A workshop stressing the important role the I'ocher ploys in developing the social studies progrom for children. A variety of methods will be discussed ond demonstroted A study of the most recent odvonces in methodology ond its ap- plication to the social studies will be undertaken,
Workshop in EaHy Childhood Educotion (3) (EDE S84) l*re-S»ssion
This workshop is designed to offer the wide voriety of up-to-date experiences that hetp prepare the eorly childhood tecKher to provide the kind of environment and varied experiences that hetp the child develop to optimal growth- Workshop in Language ArH (3) (EDf 5*5) "re-Scuion ond Post Seusion
Pro-Setsion: The workshop focuses on methods snd moteriols of the language arts. Various techniques and strategies will be explored to aid oil children according to their abilities.
fmi Soflwon: The workshop will be offered in three mini sessions. A student can elect to take or*e, two, or three of these sessions, Eoch session ii equivolentto I s,h.
Week 1: Children's written expression, func- tional ond creative composition with reloted skills
Week 2 Children's responses in the com- munication skills through literature
Week 3 Children's responses in the com- munication skills through reoding ond thinking, question asking techniques for teachers and children
Workshop in Affective Education (3) {EDE 567) Regular Session
Affective, skill-onented troining program for in- service and pre-service educators, kindergorten through college level To develop owareness ond understanding of influences of emotional ond behoviorol changes - strotegies to facilitate change - developing internal supports for role flexibility in educators and students.
Workshop in Gifted and Talented (3) (EDE 588) Regular Session
Teachers interested in working with gifted and tolented children explore the area of gifted educotion-odmmistrotion through investigoting moteriols ond interviewing students, porents, ond teachers. Ideal progroms for encouraging gifted ond tolented students ore investigated ono de ve loped -
Teaching Skills to Cembot Sexism (3) (EDE 589) Regular Session
A program to creote owareness of the extent an consequences of sex roll stereotyping in our society An understonding of the woys stereotyping ospirotions, experiences and options for all v developed. Methods to elimmote sex bios public school clossrooms will be discussed.
be
Workshop in Creotivity (3) (EDG 583) Regular Seuien
A practical opprooch to the methodology and development of creativity as a way of life and as o way of teaching. The creative mind will be ex- plored and techniques fcx encouroging the creotive obility of each child will be experienced- Workshop in Elementary Education (3) (EDE 580) Post Session
Learning experiences ore tailored to the needs of the working elementary school teacher. Utilization of teacher constructed learning centers and teoching aids will be explored. Assistance in coor- dinating materials with learnings encountered in the classroom will be given by the instructor.
Foreign Languages
Regular Session June 26 through August 4
Individuolizing and Personolizing Foreign Language Instructions
LAN 580—01 . 02 A course in individuolizing and personalizing foreign language instruction will be offered during the Regular Session, 1 979 for 2 or 3 credits. Students must register with Ronald L Gougher, Director of Summer Workshops, Depart- ment of Foreign Longuoges, West Chester Stale Col lege Students moy porlicipale in another course offered m regulor session if prior permission is
Geography and Planning Conservation Workshop (3) (GEO 571 ) Post Session
Sponsorec' lointly by the Deportment of Geography and Plonnmg, and the Brondywine Volley Associotion, the workshop investigoles selected techniques of resource-conservation, and resource-monogement in soulheosfern Penn- sylvanio, ond evaluates the contribution of these techniques in the over-oil scheme of regional plan- ning.
Off-campus visitations and discussions with oc- luol prcKtitioners, rather than closs-room lectures, constitute the experienliol boses for student lear- ning.
For further information about the workshop, or scholorship monies ovoilable from the Brondywine
Volley AsstKiotion, contoct Dr, John C, Tochovsky, Department of Geogrophy ond Planning (436-2724) (3 credits shown under Post Session).
ESS 520--Geology of the National Parks (4)
This course is open to groduotes or un- dergraduates who hove completed physicol and historical geology courses This summer's trip will study the geology of the Badlands, Block Hills, Yel- lowstone, Glocier. Dinosaur Nolionol Monument, Craters of the Moon and Rocky Mountain Notional Porks in the stoles of Utah, South Dokoto, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho and Colorado.
Tronsportotion during the trip will be provided by one of the college vans Accommodations will be arranged at commercial campgrounds or ot public compgrounds in the notional parks. In ad- dition to the tuition for this 4-credit course, there is an additionol 1 50 doHor fee to cover tronsportotion and camping or entrance fees to the porks. The course begins Soturdoy morning, August 2, 1979, and ends with our orrivol bock on campus Sotur- doy or Sundoy, August 25 or 26.
History
Studies in the History and Culture of South Asio (3)
(HIS501)Pre-Setsion
Special Asian Studies Program
Field Studies in the History and Culture of India (6) (HIS 660) Regular Session
(Student Field Trip to India)
Depending on funding from the United Stales Deportment of Health, Educotion and Welfare, West Chester State College plans to conduct o study tour to the Indian subcontinent. Internationol travel ond living expenses will be provided to qualified oppliconts by HEW.
For further information, details and reservations contoct Dr- Robert J. Young, Deportment of History, OS early as possible.
The field trip to India includes two segments of three weeks duration. The first is o period of residence in Hyderabad, Indio, ot the National In- stitute of Rural Development The second is o travel progrom which begins in Hyderobad and then visits Tirupoti, Modros, Konchipurom, Colcutlo, Bonoros, Delhi, Agra and Joipur,
The program begins June 25 ond ends August 7.
During the six weeks in Indio, the group will visit villoges and developing communities as well os major industrial centers ond traditional religious and cultural centers.
HIS 301 or HIS 501 (or on equivalent course of- fered elsewhere) is considered o prerequisite for this progrom. In exceptional coses the prerequisite moy be waived with the permission of Dr, Young.
Marine Science Consortium
Summer 1979
As o member of the Delowore Bay Marine Science Consortium, West Chester Stole College of- fers courses in oceonogrophy ond marine sciences ot the consortium field stotions on Wollops Islond, Virginia, during five summer sessions. Since the courses offered each summer ore not chosen until Morch. It is necessary for interested students to con- toct Mr, Jones (Biology) for details. Approximately seven to ten different courses ore offered eoch sum- mer. Dates of sessions and course offerings ore available upon request. For detoils contact Profes- sor Horry Jones, (215) 436-2520; or Deon Russell Rickert at (215)436-2540,
'**Music Education Workshop (MWE 536) Julyl6-July20
The workshop will include intensive exammotion and utilization of Silver Burdett Music books ond moteriols for theclossroom teocher. Par- ticipants will select the level of clossroom music best Suited to their needs. The focus of instruction will be on innovotive and creative woys of teaching the basic skills ond cor>cepts of music. Notionotly recognized music outhors and teachers ond Music Educotion Deportment focu^ members will provide instruction. The course moy be token
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE— SUAAMER SESSIONS 1979
' for 3 credits. For further information contact Dr. Richard Merrell, School of Music, phone 436-3337.
•••Do not put workshop registrations on the Per- mit-to-Regisfer. Use workshop registration forms that can be obtained from the Swope Music Office.
••*Hondbells Workshop (MWH 536) July23-Jutv27
This workshop is directed toword reachers ond chorol directors m churches or schools. The week will be on intensive in,/olvement in ringing techniques ond study motenols at either the elementary or odvonced levels. Notionally recog- nized clinicians offMioled wilh Schulmench Caril- lons, Inc., ond directors of English Handbell Ringers will direct the sessions Guest handbell choirs will perform during the week and be on integral port of the workshop. The course may be token for 3 credits For further information contact Or Richard Merrell, School of Music, phone 436-3337
•"Do not put workshop registrolions on the Per- mit-to-Register. Use workshop regisfrotion form: thot con be obtained from the Swope Music Office.
•'•Marching Band Conference and Workshop (MWB 536) August 6-August 1 0
Designed primorily for high school and college directors and students, this conference is sponsored by the West Chester State College Marching Band and the School of Music Offerings include classes in basic ond odvonced marching band concepts, charting, flog, drum maior, rifle, twirling, and per- cussion There will be seporoie classes for students ond directors Rtcogmzed outhorities in eoch discipline will porticipote The course moy be token withbut credit or as MWB 536--Marching Bond Conference ond Workshop for 3 credits For infor- mation about this tenth onnuol bond event, contact Dr. Jomes R Wells, Morching Bond Director, School "■ of Music, phone 436-2495
***Do not put workshop registrolions on the Per- mir-to-Register, Use workshop registrotion forms thot con be obtoined from the Swope Music Office
'••Class and Small-Group Piano Workshop (MWP 536) . August 13-August 15
Widely recognized specialists in group piano will leod this workshop Three leoders from the program of the Nofionol Piono Foundation will be on campus. Fred Kern of Northwestern University, Marguerite Miller of Wichito Stole University, and Lynn Freeman Olson, well known composer of pedagogical pieces for children published by G Schirmer. Summy-Birchord. and Oxford University Press In oddition, Robert Lucos ond Ted Pondel of the West Chester Stole College, School of Music, will assist Mr Lucas has worked m doss piano pedagogy at the University of Michigan and with Robert Pace ot Columbia Teachers College. AAr Pandel is o composer of pieces for children and hos done work at the University of Cincinnati
The workshop will demonstrate pedogogicol techniques and materials for elementary through college age students. A Boldwm electronic studio with twelve pionos and o master console will be utilized. Regular pianos will be used for smaller groups.
Morning, ofternoon, and evening sessions will be held each day Thirty dollors covers registration and motenols, - Credit fee odditionol. For food, housing, or other informotion, contact Mr Ted Pon- del, School of Music, phone 436-2976,
•'"Do not put workshop registrations on the Per- mit-to-Register. Use workshop registration forms that con be obtoined from ihe Swope Music Office,
•••J«« Studios Workshop (MWJ 536) f—: $60 August 13-Augutt 17
Nationally-known jozz ortists will oHer classes in ' stoge bond direction, contemporory improvise lion, ofTonging, ond the pedagogy of improvisolion' ,
Designed primarily for anyone who is or will be in- volved with some type of |oz2 activity m the public schools, the workshop will occommodote those with little or no experience to those already actively involved in this field. Optional groduafe credits ovoiloble at regular fees Two credits five days Three credits; five days plus arranging or im- provisation project For further informotion concer- ning the workshop and its faculty, contact Mr Jomes Sullivan, School of Music, phone 436-2678.
•'*0o not put workshop registrotions on the Per- mit-lo-Regisfer. Use workshop registration forms thot con be obtained from the Swope Music Office
Secondary Education and Professional Studies Environmental (Outdoor) Education Workshop (3) (EDO 511) Post Session
.While participants in the Environmental Education Workshop put in their fair shore of hard work, any description of the program still reads more like a wilderness vocation brochure than a course offering. A f.eld-centered learning ex- perience, the workshop includes comping trips, severol days at the Ohio Pyle Sfote Pork area for a study of flora ond fauna and a day of white- wotering; ond o field investigotion of the wild waterfowl area near Lebanon Sioft from the Penn- sylvonio Fish Commission ond the Pennsylvonio Gome Commission lake port in some of the field expeditions, and there is other interaction with vorious problems. Designed to integrate the wide ronge of backgrounds and interests among the par- ticiponls, this workshop provides credit toward cer- tificotion. moy be token as an elective or may be token on on auditor's basis. For further informotion, call or write Mr John Flolingjak, Coordinotor of En- vironmental Education, Wesi Chester State College, West Chester. Pa. 19380, or phone (215) 436-2791 (3 credits)
Social Science
Porliciponls in this workshop will examine the Holocaust and develop teaching strategies and cur- riculum moteriols for leoching obout the Holocaust m schools, and community organizations. Monday through Thursdoy.
This workshop considers the history, traditions, customs, and contributions to Amencon life of ethnic groups The lectures and special progroms ore designed to mcreose the students knowledge of the multicultural noture of American society. Fust three weeksof Regular Session
Special Education
Regular Session
Workshop in SpMJal Education (4) (EDA 540)
The summer workshop in speciol educolion is on intensive six week course which ho', as its primary focus direct teaching contact with mentolly ond/or physicolly hondicopped students four days each week, with the fifth doy reserved for field trips and meetings with consultonis ond speakers. A typical doy begins with an academic instructionol period of one hour, followed by o two hour period working with hondicopped children, ond then a short period summarizing the morning's octivilies. This summer the workshop will be held for the 18th year ond like all others will be held ot an off com- pus school for the hondicopped Porticipants backgrounds vary from those olreody working in special education who wish additional or varied experience, to those new to ihe field, who wish to goin skills for moinslreoming or explore o new area of interest. (Permission of the instructor is required.)
«niv.Yr>noiS<)'<t moit •lort'ovc ^emoni tjirlM-)l->i v (»(
Spmch Communication and Theatre (THA 550) Summer Droma Workshop Regular Session
An intensive combination of applied cli instruction and procticol production experiences.
Speech Pathology and Audiology
SSP 520"Seminar in Speech Patholo9y(3) This course will present informotion concerning the bosic neuroanotomy ond neurophysiology of speech, longuoge ondoudition. Regular-Session
SPP 535 " Seminar in Audiology (3) Auditory processing disorders in children with learning
NEW
COURSE
DESCRIPTIONS
Below are brief descriptions of summer offerings not described in the 1978-1979 issue of the Graduate Studies Bulletin. For further informotion. contoct the oppropnole department. The listing is alpha-numericol by course prefix ond number
EDA S02"Nature and Needs of the Gifted and Tolented (3) Definition, identification and enumerotion of the chorocteristics of the gifted child, with emphasis on the need to provide effec- tive ond innovative meons of meeting educotionol needs. Speciol attention devoted to understonding the noture ond problems of the gifted un- derochiever.
EDA 500"Mainstreoming for Exceptional Students (3) Designed to ocquomt classroom teachers with special educofion students who may be spending some portion of the day m o regular setting. Current regulotions and ways of meeting educational needs will be reviewed.
EDG 542~Cr«ative Thinking: Gifted ond Talen- ted (3) A study of the basic theoreticol oppioaches for encouroging the creoiive potential ot gifted orid talented leorners is the gool established for this course. Theories and reseorch reloting to creative thinking will be examined with particular eiftw phasis on how eoch theory can be opplied in prqc-" ticol ways to the g-fti^d and talented Current teaching strategies designed to encourage creative thinking will be explored ond used
EDG 546--Gifted and Tolented: Teaching Strategies and Materials (3) The various com- ponents of and opprooches for o program to rT>Qel ^ the needs of gifted ond talented children and /oulh ore mvestigoied and explored Motenols. texloooks and readings ore gathered, exommed and discus- sed by Ihe group ond are utilized to develop motenols and sirotegies for clossroom ond/or school implementation
PAD 577 Government Management ond Persdnijpl Administration (3)
Exominotion of government recruitment proc; tices. including current personnel clossificotion and compensation policies and promotion procedures Monogeriol functions, oversight, evoluofion. motivotion and labor refotions ore heavily eM-
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE SUMMER SESSIONS
ALLEGE r^ — j 1979 U
west Chester state college west Chester, pa. 19380
Miito-
dk.r^i^
i- i
|
^L \ r~ |
|
V< ■' „i. I |
|
i. ^-i ;-^ |
|
-^^■^ '4^.:. |
#
4'
,• \
-^
>.
K
^:*fii^^